WO2023140191A1 - Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method - Google Patents
Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023140191A1 WO2023140191A1 PCT/JP2023/000787 JP2023000787W WO2023140191A1 WO 2023140191 A1 WO2023140191 A1 WO 2023140191A1 JP 2023000787 W JP2023000787 W JP 2023000787W WO 2023140191 A1 WO2023140191 A1 WO 2023140191A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- sensitive
- repeating unit
- radiation
- acid
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 113
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 86
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 59
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 20
- 230000007261 regionalization Effects 0.000 title abstract description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 190
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 183
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 183
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 128
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims abstract description 100
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 81
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims abstract description 41
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 156
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 92
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 70
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 60
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000002285 radioactive effect Effects 0.000 abstract 2
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 128
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 102
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 90
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 46
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 46
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- -1 n-octyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 41
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 40
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 35
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 34
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 31
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 31
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 27
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 27
- 150000008053 sultones Chemical group 0.000 description 26
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 22
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 21
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 18
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical group 0.000 description 18
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 125000000686 lactone group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 17
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 16
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 15
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 15
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 14
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 13
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 13
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 13
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 125000002868 norbornyl group Chemical group C12(CCC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 12
- 125000005587 carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 11
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 10
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 9
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 8
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical group [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003463 adsorbent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-ol Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(O)C(F)(F)F BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000003775 Density Functional Theory Methods 0.000 description 4
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- FFUAGWLWBBFQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethyldisilazane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N[Si](C)(C)C FFUAGWLWBBFQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N monopropylene glycol Natural products CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 101000636214 Arabidopsis thaliana Transcription factor MYC2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000001312 dry etching Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005678 ethenylene group Chemical group [H]C([*:1])=C([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 125000002573 ethenylidene group Chemical group [*]=C=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000005462 imide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000006574 non-aromatic ring group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 3
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 3
- NENLYAQPNATJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7,8,8a-decahydroisoquinoline Chemical group C1NCCC2CCCCC21 NENLYAQPNATJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001774 Perfluoroether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005456 alcohol based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005078 alkoxycarbonylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- JHRWWRDRBPCWTF-OLQVQODUSA-N captafol Chemical group C1C=CC[C@H]2C(=O)N(SC(Cl)(Cl)C(Cl)Cl)C(=O)[C@H]21 JHRWWRDRBPCWTF-OLQVQODUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000005676 cyclic carbonates Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003759 ester based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004210 ether based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000005453 ketone based solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012046 mixed solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005561 phenanthryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005463 sulfonylimide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- YSWBUABBMRVQAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-nitrophenyl)methanesulfonic acid Chemical class OS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O YSWBUABBMRVQAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJHPCNCNNSSLPL-CSKARUKUSA-N (4e)-4-(ethoxymethylidene)-2-phenyl-1,3-oxazol-5-one Chemical group O1C(=O)C(=C/OCC)\N=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 SJHPCNCNNSSLPL-CSKARUKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical group C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YEDDVXZFXSHDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropan-1-ol Chemical group OC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)F YEDDVXZFXSHDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIYFBIOUBFTQJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenyl-2-sulfanylethanone Chemical group SCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DIYFBIOUBFTQJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLLXMBCBJGATSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenol Chemical compound OC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XLLXMBCBJGATSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical group CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical compound C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021536 Zeolite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001539 acetonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical group C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005571 adamantylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001334 alicyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007824 aliphatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012670 alkaline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005079 alkoxycarbonylmethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005278 alkyl sulfonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005410 aryl sulfonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003983 crown ethers Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003997 cyclic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005201 cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005144 cycloalkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004956 cyclohexylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 1
- TXCDCPKCNAJMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TXCDCPKCNAJMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYYZUPMFVPLQIF-ALWQSETLSA-N dibenzothiophene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2[34S]C3=C(C=21)C=CC=C3 IYYZUPMFVPLQIF-ALWQSETLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VILAVOFMIJHSJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicarbon monoxide Chemical compound [C]=C=O VILAVOFMIJHSJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000532 dioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxosilane;oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Si]=O.O=[Al]O[Al]=O HNPSIPDUKPIQMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000609 electron-beam lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007786 electrostatic charging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002168 ethanoic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydantoin Chemical group O=C1CNC(=O)N1 WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- AQYSYJUIMQTRMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypofluorous acid Chemical group FO AQYSYJUIMQTRMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003903 lactic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052745 lead Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001393 microlithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004776 molecular orbital Methods 0.000 description 1
- JESXATFQYMPTNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N mono-hydroxyphenyl-ethylene Natural products OC1=CC=CC=C1C=C JESXATFQYMPTNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003472 neutralizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005574 norbornylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010943 off-gassing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IVMHDOBGNQOUHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxathiane Chemical group C1CCSOC1 IVMHDOBGNQOUHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001020 plasma etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005570 polycyclic cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001174 sulfone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003375 sulfoxide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005409 triarylsulfonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N urethane group Chemical group NC(=O)OCC JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010457 zeolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F212/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
- C08F212/02—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
- C08F212/04—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
- C08F212/14—Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring substituted by heteroatoms or groups containing heteroatoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08F—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
- C08F220/00—Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
- C08F220/02—Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
- C08F220/10—Esters
- C08F220/26—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen
- C08F220/30—Esters containing oxygen in addition to the carboxy oxygen containing aromatic rings in the alcohol moiety
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/038—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
- G03F7/0382—Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified negative photoresist composition
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
- G03F7/0392—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method. More specifically, the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method that can be suitably used in ultra-microlithography processes applicable to ultra-large scale integration (LSI) and high-capacity microchip manufacturing processes, nanoimprint mold manufacturing processes, high-density information recording medium manufacturing processes, and other photofabrication processes.
- LSI ultra-large scale integration
- microchip manufacturing processes nanoimprint mold manufacturing processes
- high-density information recording medium manufacturing processes and other photofabrication processes.
- immersion liquid a liquid with a high refractive index
- Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe resins containing fluorine atoms.
- Patent Document 3 describes a pattern forming method including a step of forming a film from an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a step of forming a topcoat layer containing a fluorine atom-containing resin on the film.
- the fluorine atom-containing resin added to the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is typically a hydrophobic resin, and is unevenly distributed on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film to make the surface hydrophobic.
- LWR performance refers to performance that can reduce the LWR of a pattern.
- actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions are required to have little effect on performance due to the passage of time from exposure to post exposure bake (PEB), that is, to have excellent PED (Post Exposure time Delay) stability.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability. Another object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- the present inventors found that the above problems can be solved by using a resin containing a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0, and a repeating unit containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and no acid group.
- An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (A), (B) and (C).
- A a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, represented by the following general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2); a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0; a resin containing a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group; a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity; and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
- C Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
- R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
- n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less.
- n2 represents an integer of 1-3.
- k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m ⁇ n1) or less.
- R a3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents.
- R a5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- L3 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
- p represents an integer of 1 to 3;
- An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (AX), (B) and (C).
- AX a repeating unit (ax1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less; a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
- B a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having no acid group and having a pKa of 12.0 or less, and having a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin alone.
- a pattern forming method comprising the steps of: forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9]; exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with a developer.
- a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the pattern forming method according to [11].
- the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability can be provided. Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- actinic ray or “radiation” means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron beams (EB: Electron Beam).
- light means actinic rays or radiation.
- exposure includes not only exposure by the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV represented by excimer lasers, but also drawing by particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
- the term " ⁇ " is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
- (meth)acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate.
- (Meth)acrylic acid represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection volume): 10 ⁇ L, column: TSK g manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. el Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: defined as a polystyrene conversion value by a Refractive Index Detector.
- GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
- the notation that does not describe substituted or unsubstituted includes groups containing substituents as well as groups without substituents.
- an "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
- the term "organic group” as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom. As a substituent, a monovalent substituent is preferable unless otherwise specified.
- the bonding direction of the divalent groups indicated is not limited unless otherwise specified.
- Y in a compound represented by the formula "XYZ" is -COO-
- Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-.
- the compound may be "X—CO—O—Z” or "X—O—CO—Z.”
- the acid dissociation constant (pKa) represents the pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, a value obtained by calculating a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using Software Package 1 below. All pKa values described herein are calculated using this software package.
- Software Package 1 Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
- pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation.
- H + dissociation free energy can be calculated by, for example, DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in literature, etc., and are not limited to this. Note that there are a plurality of software that can implement DFT, and Gaussian16 is an example.
- pKa refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using Software Package 1, as described above.
- pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution” as described above, but when pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” shall be adopted.
- DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
- solid content means a component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include a solvent.
- solid content it is regarded as a solid content even if the property is liquid.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as “the composition of the present invention") is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (A), (B) and (C).
- R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group. When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
- m represents an integer of 0 to 2;
- n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less.
- n2 represents an integer of 1-3.
- k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m ⁇ n1) or
- the component (A) of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0, and at least one fluorine atom. Furthermore, for the same reason, it is considered that the resolution is excellent and that the excellent LWR performance can be maintained even after a certain period of time has passed since the preparation of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- composition of the present invention (A), (B) and (C) are preferably separate components.
- the composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition.
- the composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
- the composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition.
- the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
- the component (A) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group having a pKa of less than 8.0, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group.
- the component (A) is also referred to as "resin (A)".
- the value obtained by calculation using the aforementioned software package 1 (if the pKa cannot be calculated by this method, the value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT) is taken as the pKa of the acid group of each repeating unit.
- the monomer (M) has two or more acid groups, two or more pKa values are calculated. In this case, the minimum pKa is taken as the pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit.
- the repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less represented by the general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2).
- R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- the alkyl group for R a1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group.
- R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
- the halogen atom for R a2 includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
- the alkyl group for R a2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the aryl group represented by R a2 is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, an anthryl group, or the like, and more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
- the heteroaryl group of R a2 is preferably a heteroaryl group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom.
- a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group and the like are preferred, and a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group and a benzofuranyl group are more preferred.
- the alkoxy group represented by R a2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkylthio group for R a2 is preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkoxycarbonyl group for R a2 is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkylcarbonyloxy group for R a2 is preferably an alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
- m represents an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
- the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents benzene.
- the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents naphthalene.
- the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents anthracene.
- n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
- k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m ⁇ n1) or less, preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and still more preferably 0.
- R a1 has the same meaning as R a1 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
- the alkylene group for L 2 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkylene group for L 2 is preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the arylene group for L 2 is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a phenylene group.
- n2 represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
- the repeating unit (a1) has an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less. It is preferable that an acid group having a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less be covalently bonded to the atomic group constituting the repeating unit (a1).
- Examples of the acid group possessed by the repeating unit (a1) include a phenolic hydroxyl group and a hexafluoroisopropanol group (--C(CF 3 ) 2 OH).
- the pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit (a1) is preferably 8.5 or more and 11.0 or less, more preferably 9.0 or more and 10.5 or less.
- the repeating unit (a1) is preferably represented by general formula (a1-1) above.
- the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the general formula (a1-1), and m in the general formula (a1-1) preferably represents 0 or 1, more preferably 0. More preferably, the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the above general formula (a1-1), and L 1 in the above general formula (a1-1) represents a single bond.
- the repeating unit (a1) is particularly preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (a1-3).
- R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
- n3 represents an integer of 1-3.
- k2 represents an integer from 0 to 4;
- R a1 and R a2 have the same meanings as R a1 and R a2 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
- n3 represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
- k2 represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0.
- the number of repeating units (a1) contained in the resin (A) may be one or two or more.
- the content of the repeating unit (a1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and still more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, the content of the repeating unit (a1) is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less, and still more preferably 70 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A).
- the repeating unit (a2) is a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0. It is preferable that an acid group having a pKa of less than 8.0 be covalently bonded to the atomic group constituting the repeating unit (a2).
- the acid group that the repeating unit (a2) has include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonimide group, and a hydroxy group.
- a sulfonamide group is preferably represented by —NHSO 2 R 1 .
- R 1 represents an organic group.
- R 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group preferably has a fluorine atom as a substituent.
- a sulfonimide group is preferably represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R 1 .
- R 1 represents an organic group.
- R 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group preferably has a fluorine atom as a substituent.
- the pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit (a2) is preferably -8.0 or more and 7.0 or less, more preferably 0.0 or more and 6.0 or less.
- the repeating unit (a2) is preferably represented by the following general formula (a2-1).
- R a5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- L3 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
- p represents an integer of 1 to 3;
- R a5 in general formula (a2-1) has the same meaning as R a1 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
- the alkylene group for L 3 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkylene group for L 3 is preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- the arylene group of L 3 is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a phenylene group.
- p in general formula (a2-1) preferably represents 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
- repeating unit (a2) Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit (a2) are shown below together with their pKa, but the repeating unit (a2) is not limited to these.
- the number of repeating units (a2) contained in the resin (A) may be one or two or more.
- the content of the repeating unit (a2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, relative to the total repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, the content of the repeating unit (a2) is preferably 40 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less, and even more preferably 20 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A).
- the repeating unit (a3) is a repeating unit containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group.
- the repeating unit (a3) does not have an acid group, or if it does have an acid group, the pKa of the acid group is greater than 12.0.
- the repeating unit (a3) preferably contains an alkyl group or an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom as a substituent.
- the alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
- As the aryl group an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
- the repeating unit (a3) preferably contains an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents, more preferably contains an alkyl group having 3 to 15 fluorine atoms as substituents, and still more preferably contains an alkyl group having 3 to 10 fluorine atoms as substituents.
- the repeating unit (a3) is preferably represented by the following general formula (a3-1).
- R a3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents.
- R a3 has the same meaning as R a1 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
- R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents, more preferably represents an alkyl group having 3 to 15 fluorine atoms as substituents, and more preferably represents an alkyl group having 3 to 10 fluorine atoms as substituents.
- the alkyl group for R a4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group and 2-ethylhexyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- repeating unit (a3) Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit (a3) are shown below together with the pKa of the monomer when it contains an acid group, but the repeating unit (a3) is not limited to these.
- the number of repeating units (a3) contained in the resin (A) may be one or two or more.
- the content of the repeating unit (a3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and still more preferably 30 mol% or more, relative to the total repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, the content of the repeating unit (a3) is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less, and still more preferably 70 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A).
- the resin (A) may further contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating units (a1), (a2) and (a3).
- the content of other repeating units is preferably 40 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A). It is preferred that the resin (A) does not contain a repeating unit having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity. Moreover, it is preferable that the resin (A) does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
- Resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
- the weight average molecular weight of resin (A) is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 40,000, and particularly preferably 4,000 to 30,000.
- the dispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (A) is preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, even more preferably 1-2.
- the resin (A) preferably has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more, more preferably 0.005 nm/s or more, and even more preferably 0.01 nm/s or more for a film of the resin (A) alone in an alkaline developer.
- the upper limit of the dissolution rate is preferably 100 nm/s or less.
- the resin (A) preferably has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more for a film of the resin alone in an alkaline developer, so that the developability is excellent and the LWR performance is further improved.
- the rate of dissolution of the resin-only film in an alkaline developer can be adjusted by the content ratio of the repeating unit (a1), the repeating unit (a2), and the repeating unit (a3), the molecular weight, and the like.
- a method for determining the dissolution rate of a film of resin alone in an alkaline developer will be described below.
- the resin is dissolved in a mixed solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether (mass ratio 8/2) to prepare a concentration of 3% by mass.
- the prepared resin solution is coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resin film with a film thickness of 100 nm.
- HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
- the content of the resin (A) in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 40.0% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, and still more preferably 5.0 to 20.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
- the resin (A) contained in the composition of the present invention may be one kind, or two or more kinds.
- the component (B) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity, and does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
- the component (B) is also referred to as "resin (B)".
- the repeating unit (b1) is a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
- the repeating unit (b1) preferably has a structure in which a hydroxy group is bonded to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the repeating unit (b1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (b1-1).
- a a1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group.
- R 21 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyloxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, and when there are more than one, they may be the same or different. When it has a plurality of R 21 , they may jointly form a ring.
- a hydrogen atom is preferred as R 21 .
- a represents an integer of 1 to 3;
- b represents an integer from 0 to (5-a).
- repeating unit (b1) Specific examples of the repeating unit (b1) are shown below, but are not limited to these.
- a represents an integer of 1-3.
- R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
- a represents an integer of 1-3.
- the content of the repeating unit (b1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and still more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in the resin (B). Moreover, the content of the repeating unit (b1) is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 85 mol % or less, and still more preferably 80 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B).
- the repeating unit (b2) is a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and increases in polarity (also referred to as an "acid-decomposable group”).
- the repeating unit (b2) is also referred to as "a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group”.
- the resin (B) is an acid-decomposable resin, and in the pattern forming method of the present invention, typically, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
- a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond is preferable in addition to the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group described below.
- An acid-decomposable group is a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form a polar group.
- the acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected with a group that is released by the action of an acid (leaving group). That is, the resin (B) has a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form a polar group.
- a resin having this repeating unit has an increased polarity under the action of an acid, thereby increasing the solubility in an alkaline developer and decreasing the solubility in an organic solvent.
- the polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, such as a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, a tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, and a tris( Examples include acidic groups such as alkylsulfonyl)methylene groups, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
- the polar group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group.
- Examples of groups that leave by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
- Formula (Y1) -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
- Formula (Y3) —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
- Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (linear or branched), or an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
- Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched)
- at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.
- Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group.
- Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
- Preferred alkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group.
- Preferred cycloalkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl.
- the aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
- a vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 .
- the ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group.
- the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group, more preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
- one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group.
- one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
- Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group
- Rx 2 and Rx 3 combine to form the above-described cycloalkyl group.
- the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 and the ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
- R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
- R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring.
- Monovalent organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferred that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
- the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
- one or more methylene groups may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
- R 38 may combine with another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring.
- the group formed by bonding R 38 and another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to each other is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
- the monovalent organic groups represented by R 36 to R 38 and the ring formed by combining R 37 and R 38 with each other preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
- L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and an aryl group).
- M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- Q represents an alkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, a cycloalkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an aryl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, or a group combining these (e.g., a group combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group).
- one of the methylene groups may be replaced by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a heteroatom-containing group such as a carbonyl group.
- L 1 and L 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and the other is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group. At least two of Q, M, and L1 may combine to form a ring (preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring).
- L2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, more preferably a tertiary alkyl group.
- Secondary alkyl groups include isopropyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups, and tertiary alkyl groups include tert-butyl and adamantane groups.
- the Tg (glass transition temperature) and the activation energy are increased, so that the film strength can be ensured and fogging can be suppressed.
- the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and group combining these represented by L 1 and L 2 preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
- the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group preferably contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom in addition to the fluorine atom and the iodine atom.
- one of the methylene groups may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
- the heteroatom is preferably a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, an iodine atom and an oxygen atom in the alkyl group represented by Q which may contain a heteroatom, the cycloalkyl group which may contain a heteroatom, the aryl group which may contain a heteroatom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, and a group combining these.
- Ar represents an aromatic ring group.
- Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
- Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
- Ar is preferably an aryl group.
- the aromatic ring group represented by Ar and the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group represented by Rn preferably have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
- the ring member atom adjacent to the ring member atom directly bonded to the polar group (or its residue) in the non-aromatic ring preferably does not have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom as a substituent.
- the group that is eliminated by the action of an acid may also be a 2-cyclopentenyl group having a substituent (such as an alkyl group) such as a 3-methyl-2-cyclopentenyl group, and a cyclohexyl group having a substituent (such as an alkyl group) such as a 1,1,4,4-tetramethylcyclohexyl group.
- repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group a repeating unit represented by formula (A) is also preferable.
- L 1 represents a divalent linking group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom
- R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom
- at least one of L 1 , R 1 and R 2 has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
- the divalent linking group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom represented by L 1 includes -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO -, a hydrocarbon group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom (e.g., an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, etc.), and a linking group in which a plurality of these are linked.
- L 1 is preferably -CO-, an arylene group, or an -arylene group-an alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom-, and more preferably -CO- or an -arylene group-an alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom-.
- a phenylene group is preferred as the arylene group.
- Alkylene groups may be linear or branched. Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3.
- the total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkylene group having fluorine atoms or iodine atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 3 to 6.
- the alkyl group represented by R 1 may be linear or branched. Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3. The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkyl group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
- the alkyl group represented by R 1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom other than the halogen atom.
- the leaving group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, represented by R 2 includes leaving groups represented by the above formulas (Y1) to (Y4) and having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
- a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group a repeating unit represented by formula (AI) is also preferable.
- Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group.
- T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (linear or branched), or an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (such as a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group).
- Examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group represented by Xa 1 include a methyl group and a group represented by -CH 2 -R 11 .
- R 11 represents a halogen atom (such as a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group.
- Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R 11 include an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
- Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
- the divalent linking group for T includes an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, a --COO--Rt-- group, and a --O--Rt-- group.
- Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
- T is preferably a single bond or a -COO-Rt- group.
- Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a -CH 2 - group, a -(CH 2 ) 2 - group, or a -(CH 2 ) 3 - group.
- Preferred alkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and t-butyl.
- the cycloalkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group.
- the aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
- a vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 .
- the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
- Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are also preferred. Among them, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred. In the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group.
- Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group
- Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably combined to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
- substituents include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms).
- the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
- an acid-decomposable (meth)acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester-based repeating unit (a repeating unit in which Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group and T represents a single bond) is preferred.
- Xa 1 and Rx represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent (preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, CF 3 , F, or CH 2 OH).
- Rxa and Rxb are each independently a substituent (preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally having a linear or branched substituent, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally having a linear or branched substituent, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally having a linear or branched substituent, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituent having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- p represents an integer of 0 or more.
- Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
- a repeating unit represented by formula (B) is preferable.
- Xb represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group.
- L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group which may have a substituent.
- Ry 1 to Ry 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group. However, at least one of Ry 1 to Ry 3 represents an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkenyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group. Two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, cycloalkenyl group, etc.).
- the optionally substituted alkyl group represented by Xb includes, for example, a methyl group and a group represented by —CH 2 —R 11 .
- R 11 represents a halogen atom (such as a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group, for example, an alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom having 5 or less carbon atoms, an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms optionally substituted by a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group having 5 or less carbon atoms optionally substituted by a halogen atom, preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group.
- Xb is preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
- the divalent linking group of L includes -Rt- group, -CO- group, -COO-Rt- group, -COO-Rt-CO- group, -Rt-CO- group and -O-Rt- group.
- Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an aromatic ring group, preferably an aromatic ring group.
- L is preferably -Rt-, -CO-, -COO-Rt-CO- or -Rt-CO-.
- Rt may have substituents such as halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and alkoxy groups.
- the alkyl groups of Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group.
- the cycloalkyl groups represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group.
- the aryl group represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
- a vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Ry 1 to Ry 3 .
- An ethynyl group is preferred as the alkynyl group for Ry 1 to Ry 3 .
- Cycloalkenyl groups represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl groups and cyclohexyl groups, which partially contain a double bond.
- the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
- a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
- cycloalkyl group or cycloalkenyl group formed by combining two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, a heteroatom-containing group such as —SO 2 — and —SO 3 —, a vinylidene group, or a combination thereof.
- a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom
- a carbonyl group a heteroatom-containing group such as —SO 2 — and —SO 3 —
- a vinylidene group or a combination thereof.
- one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring or cycloalkene ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
- Ry 1 is a methyl group, ethyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, or aryl group, and Ry 2 and Ry 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group or cycloalkenyl group.
- substituents include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms).
- the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
- the repeating unit represented by formula (B) preferably includes an acid-decomposable (meth)acrylic acid tertiary ester-based repeating unit (Xb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L represents a -CO- group), an acid-decomposable hydroxystyrene tertiary alkyl ether-based repeating unit (Xb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L represents a phenyl group), and an acid-decomposable styrene carboxylic acid tertiary ester-based repeating unit (Xb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L represents - It is a repeating unit representing an Rt--CO-- group (Rt is an aromatic group).
- the content of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and still more preferably 30 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B).
- the upper limit thereof is preferably 80 mol % or less, more preferably 70 mol % or less, and even more preferably 60 mol % or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
- repeating units having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
- the content of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B).
- the upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 70 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
- the resin (B) may contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating units (b1) and (b2). However, the resin (B) does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
- the resin (B) may contain at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A below and/or at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group B below.
- Group A A group consisting of the following repeating units (20) to (24). (20) A repeating unit having an acid group, which will be described later. (21) A repeating unit, which has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group, and has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom. ) to formula (E) correspond to (24) the repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain.
- Group B A group consisting of the following repeating units (30) to (32).
- the resin (B) may have at least one type of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A above.
- the resin (B) preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A above.
- Resin (B) may contain at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom.
- the resin (B) preferably contains at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom.
- the resin (B) may contain one repeating unit containing both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, or the resin (B) may contain two types of repeating units: a repeating unit containing a fluorine atom and a repeating unit containing an iodine atom.
- Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an aromatic group.
- the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, it is also preferred that the resin (B) has a repeating unit having an aromatic group.
- the resin (B) may have at least one type of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group B above.
- the resin (B) preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above B groups.
- the resin (B) preferably contains neither fluorine atoms nor silicon atoms.
- the resin (B) preferably has no aromatic group.
- the resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an acid group in addition to the repeating unit (b1) and the repeating unit (b2).
- As the acid group an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable.
- the acid dissociation constant of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3-13, even more preferably 5-10.
- the content of the acid group in the resin (B) is not particularly limited, but is often 0.2 to 6.0 mmol/g.
- the acid group is preferably, for example, a carboxyl group, a fluoroalcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group.
- one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom (such as an alkoxycarbonyl group).
- a fluorine atom such as an alkoxycarbonyl group.
- the acid group is -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 - thus formed.
- one or more fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -.
- the repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit different from the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group that is released by the action of an acid, and the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group, which will be described later.
- a repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
- repeating units having an acid group include the following repeating units.
- the content of repeating units having an acid group is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B). Moreover, the upper limit thereof is preferably 70 mol % or less, more preferably 65 mol % or less, and still more preferably 60 mol % or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
- the resin (B) may have a repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom (hereinafter also referred to as unit X), apart from the above-described ⁇ repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group> and ⁇ repeating unit having an acid group>.
- the ⁇ repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom> is preferably different from other types of repeating units belonging to Group A, such as the ⁇ repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group> described below.
- a repeating unit represented by formula (C) is preferable.
- L5 represents a single bond or an ester group.
- R9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
- R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a group combining these.
- repeating units having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom are shown below.
- the content of the unit X is preferably 0 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and still more preferably 10 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B). Moreover, the upper limit thereof is preferably 50 mol % or less, more preferably 45 mol % or less, and still more preferably 40 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B).
- the total content of repeating units containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units of the resin (B).
- the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is, for example, 100 mol % or less with respect to all repeating units of the resin (B).
- the repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom includes, for example, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid group, and a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
- Resin (B) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as “unit Y”) having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group and a carbonate group. It is also preferable that the unit Y does not have a hydroxyl group and an acid group such as a hexafluoropropanol group.
- the lactone group or sultone group may have a lactone structure or sultone structure.
- the lactone structure or sultone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure.
- a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure, or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure in which another ring structure is condensed to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure.
- the resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group obtained by abstracting one or more hydrogen atoms from a ring member atom of a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone structure represented by any of the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), and the lactone group or sultone group may be directly bonded to the main chain.
- ring member atoms of a lactone group or a sultone group may constitute the main chain of the resin (B).
- the lactone structure or sultone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
- Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, cyano groups, and acid-decomposable groups.
- n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, multiple Rb 2 may be different, and multiple Rb 2 may combine to form a ring.
- Examples of the repeating unit having a group containing a lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone structure represented by any one of formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) include repeating units represented by the following formula (AI).
- Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
- a halogen atom for Rb 0 includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
- Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these divalent linking groups.
- Ab is preferably a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2 -.
- Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, preferably a methylene group, ethylene group, cyclohexylene group, adamantylene group or norbornylene group.
- V represents a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a lactone structure represented by any of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a sultone structure represented by any of formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3).
- any optical isomer may be used. Moreover, one optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.
- a cyclic carbonate group is preferred.
- a repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1) is preferable.
- R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
- n represents an integer of 0 or more.
- R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R A 2 may be the same or different.
- A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- the divalent linking group is preferably an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these.
- Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with the group represented by -O-CO-O- in the formula.
- Rx represents a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, or -CF 3 .
- the content of the unit Y is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B).
- the upper limit is preferably 85 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
- the resin (B) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2).
- Repeating units represented by the following formulas (V-1) and (V-2) below are preferably different repeating units from the repeating units described above.
- R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR:
- R is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group.
- the alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- n3 represents an integer of 0-6.
- n4 represents an integer of 0-4.
- X4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
- the repeating units represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) are exemplified below. Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) include repeating units described in paragraph [0100] of WO 2018/193954.
- the resin (B) preferably has a high glass transition temperature (Tg) from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during development.
- Tg is preferably greater than 90°C, more preferably greater than 100°C, even more preferably greater than 110°C, and particularly preferably greater than 125°C.
- the Tg is preferably 400° C. or less, more preferably 350° C. or less, from the viewpoint of excellent dissolution rate in the developer.
- Tg of repeating unit is calculated by the following method.
- the Tg of a homopolymer consisting only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated by the Bicerano method.
- the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to all repeating units in the polymer is calculated.
- the Fox formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.) is used to calculate the Tg at each mass ratio, and these are totaled to obtain the Tg (°C) of the polymer.
- the Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993). Calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using a polymer physical property estimation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).
- Methods for reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (B) include the following methods (a) to (e).
- (a) Introduction of a bulky substituent to the main chain (b) Introduction of a plurality of substituents to the main chain (c) Introduction of a substituent that induces interaction between the resin (B) in the vicinity of the main chain (d) Formation of the main chain in the cyclic structure (e) Coupling of the cyclic structure to the main chain
- the resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130°C or higher.
- the type of repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit having a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher as calculated by the Bicerano method.
- the homopolymers correspond to repeating units exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher.
- a specific example of means for achieving the above (a) is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (A) into the resin (B).
- RA represents a group containing a polycyclic structure.
- R x represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group.
- a group containing a polycyclic structure is a group containing multiple ring structures, and the multiple ring structures may or may not be condensed.
- Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (A) include those described in paragraphs [0107] to [0119] of WO2018/193954.
- a specific example of means for achieving (b) above is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (B) into the resin (B).
- R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two or more of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group.
- the type of other organic group is not particularly limited.
- at least two or more of the organic groups are substituents having three or more constituent atoms excluding hydrogen atoms.
- Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (B) include those described in paragraphs [0113] to [0115] of WO2018/193954.
- a specific example of means for achieving the above (c) is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (C) into the resin (B).
- R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group containing a hydrogen bonding hydrogen atom within 3 atoms from the main chain carbon. Above all, it is preferable to have a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within 2 atoms (closer to the main chain side) in order to induce interaction between the main chains of the resin (B).
- Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (C) include those described in paragraphs [0119] to [0121] of WO2018/193954.
- a specific example of means for achieving (d) above is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (D) into the resin (B).
- Cyclic represents a group forming a main chain with a cyclic structure.
- the number of constituent atoms of the ring is not particularly limited.
- Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (D) include those described in paragraphs [0126] to [0127] of WO2018/193954.
- a specific example of means for achieving (e) above is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by formula (E) into the resin (B).
- each Re independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
- organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups, which may have substituents.
- a "Cyclic” is a cyclic group containing carbon atoms in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (E) include those described in paragraphs [0131] to [0133] of WO2018/193954.
- the resin (B) may have repeating units having at least one group selected from lactone groups, sultone groups, carbonate groups, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, and alkali-soluble groups.
- the repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group that the resin (B) has include the repeating units described in the above ⁇ Repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group>.
- the preferable content is also as described in ⁇ Repeating unit having lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group>.
- Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the adhesion to the substrate and the compatibility with the developer.
- a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
- a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group preferably does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of repeating units having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of JP-A-2014-098921.
- Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group.
- the alkali-soluble group includes a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bissulfonylimide group, and an aliphatic alcohol group (e.g., a hexafluoroisopropanol group) substituted with an electron-withdrawing group at the ⁇ -position, with a carboxyl group being preferred.
- the resin (B) contains a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, the resolution for contact holes is increased. Repeating units having an alkali-soluble group include those described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of JP-A-2014-098921.
- the resin (B) may have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and does not exhibit acid decomposability. This can reduce the elution of low-molecular-weight components from the resist film into the immersion liquid during immersion exposure.
- Repeating units having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposability include, for example, repeating units derived from 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diamantyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, or cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.
- Resin (B) may have a repeating unit represented by formula (III) that has neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
- R5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
- Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a --CH 2 --O--Ra 2 group.
- Ra2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group. Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0087] to [0094] of JP-A-2014-098921.
- the resin (B) may have repeating units other than the repeating units described above.
- the resin (B) may have repeating units selected from the group consisting of repeating units having an oxathian ring group, repeating units having an oxazolone ring group, repeating units having a dioxane ring group, and repeating units having a hydantoin ring group. Specific examples of repeating units other than the repeating units described above are shown below.
- the resin (B) may have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc.
- all repeating units are preferably composed of repeating units derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
- all of the repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate repeating units.
- all of the repeating units may be methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units may be acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units may be methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
- Resin (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
- the weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, still more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 15,000, as a polystyrene equivalent by GPC method.
- the dispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (B) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and particularly preferably 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the side walls of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
- the content of resin (B) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60.0 to 90.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
- the resin (B) may be used singly or in combination.
- the component (C) contained in the composition of the present invention is a compound (photoacid generator) that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
- the component (C) is also referred to as “compound (C)” or "photoacid generator”.
- the photoacid generator is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
- examples include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imidosulfonate compounds, oximesulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzylsulfonate compounds.
- a known compound that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation can be appropriately selected and used either singly or as a mixture thereof.
- the known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0125] to [0319] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0086] to [0094] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, and paragraphs [0323] to [0402] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1 are preferably used. I can.
- photoacid generator for example, compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII), or general formula (ZIII) are preferred.
- R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
- the number of carbon atoms in the organic groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1-30, preferably 1-20.
- two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
- Groups formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups (eg, butylene group and pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.
- Z ⁇ represents an anion (preferably a non-nucleophilic anion).
- Preferred embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include the compound (ZI-1), the compound (ZI-2), the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) (compound (ZI-3)) and the corresponding group in the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-4) (compound (ZI-4)).
- the photoacid generator may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by general formula (ZI). For example, it may be a compound having a structure in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the compound represented by general formula (ZI) and at least one of R 201 to R 203 of another compound represented by general formula (ZI) are bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
- Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an arylsulfonium cation.
- R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or part of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups and the rest may be alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
- Arylsulfonium compounds include, for example, triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
- the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
- the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Heterocyclic structures include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, benzothiophene residues, and the like.
- the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
- the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group optionally possessed by the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
- the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may each independently have an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
- Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring.
- the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom.
- the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, still more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
- the alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups of R 201 to R 203 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
- R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, 1-5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
- M represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and when it has a ring structure, the ring structure may contain at least one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon-carbon double bond.
- R6c and R7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
- R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring.
- R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an alkenyl group.
- R x and R y may combine to form a ring. Further, at least two selected from M, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring structure may contain a carbon-carbon double bond. Z ⁇ represents an anion.
- the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by M are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms).
- the aryl group represented by M is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
- the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
- Heterocyclic structures include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, and the like.
- M above may further have a substituent.
- M may be a benzyl group.
- the ring structure may contain at least one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon-carbon double bond.
- Examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group represented by R 6c and R 7c are the same as those for M described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same. Also, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring.
- Halogen atoms represented by R 6c and R 7c include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
- Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R x and R y are the same as those for M described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
- the alkenyl group represented by R x and R y is preferably an allyl group or a vinyl group.
- R x and R y may further have a substituent.
- Examples of this embodiment include a 2-oxoalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R x and R y .
- Examples of the 2-oxoalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), and specific examples include 2-oxopropyl group and 2-oxobutyl group.
- Alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups represented by R x and R y include, for example, those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Also, R x and R y may combine to form a ring. The ring structure formed by combining R x and R y may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbon-carbon double bond.
- M and R 6c may combine to form a ring structure, and the formed ring structure may contain a carbon-carbon double bond.
- Compound (ZI-3) above is preferably compound (ZI-3A).
- Compound (ZI-3A) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3A) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
- R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
- R 6c and R 7c have the same definitions as R 6c and R 7c in general formula (ZI-3) described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
- R x and R y have the same meanings as R x and R y in general formula (ZI-3) described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
- R 1c to R 5c and R x and R y may each be combined to form a ring structure, and this ring structure may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbon-carbon double bond.
- R 5c and R 6c , R 5c and R x may each combine to form a ring structure, and this ring structure may each independently contain a carbon-carbon double bond.
- R 6c and R 7c may be combined to form a ring structure.
- the ring structure include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic rings, and polycyclic condensed rings in which two or more of these rings are combined.
- the ring structure includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
- Groups formed by bonding two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
- the group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
- the alkylene group includes a methylene group, an ethylene group, and the like.
- Zc- represents an anion.
- the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
- two R 15 are alkylene groups, preferably joined together to form a ring structure.
- Z ⁇ represents an anion.
- the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched.
- the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10.
- As the alkyl group a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, or the like is more preferable.
- R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
- the aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group.
- the aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
- Skeletons of aryl groups having a heterocyclic structure include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
- the alkyl and cycloalkyl groups represented by R 204 to R 207 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl groups), or cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups).
- Each of the aryl groups, alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups of R 204 to R 207 may independently have a substituent.
- substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
- Z ⁇ represents an anion.
- Z - in general formula (ZI), Z - in general formula (ZII), Z - in general formula (ZI-3), Zc - in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z - in general formula (ZI-4) are preferably anions represented by the following general formula (3).
- Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
- the number of carbon atoms in this alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4.
- a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
- Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a C 1-4 perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
- R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When multiple R 4 and R 5 are present, each of R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
- the alkyl groups represented by R 4 and R 5 may have substituents and preferably have 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms. Specific examples and preferred aspects of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred aspects of Xf in general formula (3).
- L represents a divalent linking group.
- each L may be the same or different.
- -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group-, -OCO-alkylene group-, -CONH-alkylene group- or -NHCO-alkylene group- is preferable, and -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group- or -OCO-alkylene group- is more preferable.
- W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure.
- a cyclic organic group is preferable.
- Cyclic organic groups include, for example, alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups.
- Alicyclic groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- Monocyclic alicyclic groups include, for example, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
- polycyclic alicyclic groups examples include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups.
- polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups.
- alicyclic groups having a bulky structure with 7 or more carbon atoms such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups, are preferred.
- Aryl groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- the aryl group includes, for example, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthryl group and anthryl group.
- a heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can further suppress acid diffusion. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may or may not have aromaticity. Heterocyclic rings having aromaticity include, for example, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, and pyridine ring.
- Non-aromatic heterocycles include, for example, tetrahydropyran, lactone, sultone and decahydroisoquinoline rings.
- lactone ring and sultone ring include the lactone structure and sultone structure exemplified in the resins described above.
- the heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is particularly preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
- the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
- substituents include alkyl groups (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic, or spirocyclic, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, ester groups, amide groups, urethane groups, ureido groups, thioether groups, sulfonamide groups, and sulfonate ester groups.
- carbonyl carbon may be sufficient as carbon (carbon which contributes to ring formation) which comprises a cyclic
- the anions represented by the general formula (3) include SO 3 ⁇ —CF 2 —CH 2 —OCO-(L)q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —CHF—CH 2 —OCO-(L ) q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —COO-(L)q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —CF 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —(L)qW, SO 3 — —C F 2 -CH(CF 3 )-OCO-(L)q'-W is preferred.
- L, q and W are the same as in general formula (3).
- q' represents an integer from 0 to 10;
- Z ⁇ in general formula (ZI), Z ⁇ in general formula (ZII), Z ⁇ in general formula (ZI-3), Zc ⁇ in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z ⁇ in general formula (ZI-4) are also preferably anions represented by the following general formula (4).
- X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom.
- X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
- X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
- At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, more preferably both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are fluorine-substituted alkyl groups.
- L, q and W are the same as in general formula (3).
- Z ⁇ in general formula (ZI), Z ⁇ in general formula (ZII), Z ⁇ in general formula (ZI-3), Zc ⁇ in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z ⁇ in general formula (ZI-4) may be a benzenesulfonate anion, preferably a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a branched-chain alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
- Z - in general formula (ZI), Z - in general formula (ZII), Z - in general formula ( ZI-3), Zc - in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z - in general formula (ZI-4) are also preferably aromatic sulfonate anions represented by the following general formula (SA1).
- Ar represents an aryl group and may further have a substituent other than the sulfonate anion and -(D-B) group.
- Substituents which may be further included include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
- n represents an integer of 0 or more. n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and still more preferably 3.
- D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
- divalent linking groups include ether groups, thioether groups, carbonyl groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonate ester groups, ester groups, and groups consisting of combinations of two or more thereof.
- B represents a hydrocarbon group
- D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure.
- B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
- Any combination of the above cations and anions can be used as a photoacid generator.
- the above cations or anions may have a lactone group.
- the lactone group any group having a lactone structure can be used, but a group having a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure is preferable, and the 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is preferably condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
- a group having a lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) is more preferred.
- the lactone structure groups represented by general formula (LC1-1), general formula (LC1-4), general formula (LC1-5), general formula (LC1-6), general formula (LC1-13), and general formula (LC1-14) are preferred.
- the lactone structure portion may have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
- Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, and acid-decomposable groups.
- n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, multiple Rb 2 may be different, and multiple Rb 2 may combine to form a ring.
- the pKa of the acid generated from the photoacid generator is preferably -10 or more and 5 or less, more preferably -5 or more and 1 or less.
- the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low-molecular-weight compound, or may be in the form of being incorporated into a part of the polymer. Moreover, the form of a low-molecular-weight compound and the form incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used in combination.
- the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound. When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low-molecular-weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, even more preferably 1,000 or less.
- a photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
- Compound (C) is also preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds (I) to (II).
- Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and is a compound that generates an acid containing the following first acidic moieties derived from the following structural moieties X and the following second acidic moieties derived from the following structural moieties Y upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
- Structural site X A structural site consisting of an anionic site A 1 ⁇ and a cationic site M 1 + and forming a first acidic site represented by HA 1 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
- Structural site Y A structural site consisting of an anionic site A 2 ⁇ and a cation site M 2 + and forming a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
- the compound PI obtained by replacing the cation site M 1 + in the structural site X and the cation site M 2 + in the structural site Y in the compound (I) with H + is represented by HA 2 in which the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site is represented by HA 1 in which the cation site M 1 + in the structural site X is replaced by H + and HA 2 in which the cation site M 2 + in the structural site Y is replaced by H + . It has an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from an acidic site, and the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1.
- compound (I) is a compound that generates an acid having one first acidic site derived from structural site X and one second acidic site derived from structural site Y
- compound PI corresponds to "a compound having HA 1 and HA 2 ".
- the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 of the compound PI are determined, the pKa when the compound PI becomes a "compound containing A 1 - and HA 2 " is the acid dissociation constant a1, and the pKa when the above "compound containing A 1 - and HA 2 " becomes a "compound containing A 1 - and A 2 - " is the acid dissociation constant a2.
- compound (I) is a compound that generates an acid having two first acidic sites derived from structural site X and one second acidic site derived from structural site Y
- compound PI corresponds to "a compound having two HA 1 and one HA 2 ".
- the acid dissociation constant of the compound PI is determined, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PI becomes "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2" and the acid dissociation constant when "a compound having one A 1 -, one HA 1 and one HA 2 " becomes a "compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " correspond to the acid dissociation constant a1 described above.
- the acid dissociation constant when "a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 -" becomes "a compound having two A 1 - and A 2 - " corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a2. That is, in the case of compound PI, when it has a plurality of acid dissociation constants derived from the acidic site HA 1 obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + in the structural site X with H + , the value of the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the largest value among the plurality of acid dissociation constants a1.
- the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 are determined by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above.
- the above compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
- the structural moieties X may be the same or different.
- Two or more of A 1 ⁇ and two or more of M 1 + may be the same or different.
- a 1 - and A 2 - , and M 1 + and M 2 + may be the same or different, but A 1 - and A 2 - are preferably different.
- the difference (absolute value) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value when there are multiple acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.5 or more, and even more preferably 1.0 or more.
- the upper limit of the difference (absolute value) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value if there are a plurality of acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 16 or less.
- the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less.
- the lower limit of the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably -4.0 or more.
- the acid dissociation constant a1 is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 0 or less.
- the lower limit of the acid dissociation constant a1 is preferably ⁇ 20.0 or more.
- Anion site A 1 - and anion site A 2 - are structural sites containing negatively charged atoms or atomic groups, and examples thereof include structural sites selected from the group consisting of formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6) shown below.
- the anion site A 1 - is preferably one capable of forming an acidic site with a small acid dissociation constant, more preferably one of the formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3), more preferably one of the formulas (AA-1) and (AA-3).
- the anion site A 2 - is preferably one capable of forming an acidic site having a larger acid dissociation constant than the anion site A 1 - , more preferably any one of the formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), further preferably any one of the formulas (BB-1) and (BB-4).
- * represents a bonding position.
- RA represents a monovalent organic group.
- the monovalent organic group represented by RA is not particularly limited, examples thereof include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group and a methanesulfonyl group.
- the cation site M 1 + and the cation site M 2 + are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, such as monovalent organic cations.
- Examples of organic cations include organic cations represented by M + described above.
- Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Z, and is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more of the above first acidic moieties derived from the above structural moieties X and the above structural moieties Z upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
- Structural site Z nonionic site capable of neutralizing acid
- the preferred range of the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 in which the cationic site M + in the structural site X is replaced with H + is the same as the acid dissociation constant a1 in the compound PI.
- compound (II) is, for example, a compound that generates an acid having two first acidic sites derived from structural site X and structural site Z
- compound PII corresponds to "a compound having two HA 1 ".
- the acid dissociation constant when the compound PII becomes a "compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " and the acid dissociation constant when a "compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " becomes a "compound having two A 1 - " correspond to the acid dissociation constant a1.
- the acid dissociation constant a1 is obtained by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above.
- the above compound PII corresponds to an acid generated when compound (II) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
- the two or more structural sites X may be the same or different.
- Two or more of A 1 ⁇ and two or more of M 1 + may be the same or different.
- the acid-neutralizing nonionic site in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or a site containing a functional group having electrons.
- Groups capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or functional groups having electrons include functional groups having macrocyclic structures such as cyclic polyethers, or functional groups having nitrogen atoms with lone pairs of electrons that do not contribute to ⁇ conjugation.
- a nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to ⁇ -conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
- Examples of partial structures of functional groups having electrons or groups capable of electrostatically interacting with protons include crown ether structures, azacrown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures, among which primary to tertiary amine structures are preferred.
- the content of the component (C) (photoacid generator) (the total when multiple types are present) is based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
- a photoacid generator when the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) is contained, the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition (if there are multiple types, the total) is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
- the composition of the present invention may contain an acid diffusion control agent.
- the acid diffusion control agent traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator or the like during exposure, and acts as a quencher that suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to excess generated acid.
- the type of acid diffusion control agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include basic compounds (CA), low-molecular-weight compounds (CB) having a group that has a nitrogen atom and leaves by the action of an acid, and compounds (CC) whose acid diffusion control ability is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
- Examples of the compound (CC) include onium salt compounds (CD), which are relatively weak acids with respect to the photoacid generator, and basic compounds (CE), whose basicity is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
- Specific examples of the basic compound (CA) include, for example, those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of WO 2020/066824, and specific examples of the basic compound (CE) whose basicity is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of WO 2020/066824, and WO 2020/ Those described in paragraph [0164] of JP-A-066824 can be mentioned, and specific examples of the low-molecular compound (CB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that leaves under the action of an acid include those described in paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824.
- paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1
- paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1 paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1
- US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of JP/0274458A1 can be suitably used as the acid diffusion control agent.
- the content of the acid diffusion control agent (the total when multiple types are present) is preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 15.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
- one type of acid diffusion control agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
- the composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)”) different from resin (A).
- the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike surfactants, it does not necessarily have a hydrophilic group in its molecule, and it does not have to contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
- the effects of adding the hydrophobic resin (D) include control of the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to water, and suppression of outgassing.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) preferably has one or more of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH3 partial structures contained in the side chain portion of the resin, more preferably two or more.
- the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group with 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain.
- the hydrophobic resin (D) includes compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO2020/004306.
- the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
- the composition of the invention may contain a surfactant.
- a surfactant When a surfactant is contained, it is possible to form a pattern with excellent adhesion and fewer development defects.
- the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
- Fluorinated and/or silicon-based surfactants include surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO2018/193954.
- One type of surfactant may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.
- the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
- the composition of the invention preferably contains a solvent.
- the solvent preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetic acid ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate.
- the solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
- a combination of the above-described solvent and the above-described resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the coatability of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of pattern development defects. Since the solvent described above has a good balance of solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the resin described above, it is possible to suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film and generation of deposits during spin coating. Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of WO2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
- the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass relative to the total amount of the solvent.
- the content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. By doing so, the coatability of the composition of the present invention can be further improved.
- composition of the present invention may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (e.g., a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group).
- a dissolution inhibiting compound e.g., a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group.
- the “dissolution-inhibiting compound” is a compound with a molecular weight of 3000 or less, which is decomposed by the action of an acid to reduce its solubility in an organic developer.
- the composition of the present invention is suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EUV exposure.
- EUV light has a wavelength of 13.5 nm, which is shorter than ArF (wavelength 193 nm) light and the like, so the number of incident photons is smaller when exposed with the same sensitivity. Therefore, the influence of "photon shot noise", in which the number of photons stochastically varies, is large, leading to deterioration of line edge roughness (LER) and bridge defects.
- LER line edge roughness
- To reduce the photon shot noise there is a method of increasing the number of incident photons by increasing the amount of exposure, but this is a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
- the EUV light and electron beam absorption efficiency of the resist film formed from the resist composition increases, which is effective in reducing photon shot noise.
- the A value represents the absorption efficiency of the EUV light and the electron beam relative to the mass ratio of the resist film.
- A ([H] x 0.04 + [C] x 1.0 + [N] x 2.1 + [O] x 3.6 + [F] x 5.6 + [S] x 1.5 + [I] x 39.5) / ([H] x 1 + [C] x 12 + [N] x 14 + [O] x 16 + [F] x 19 + [S] x 32 + [I] x 127)
- the A value is preferably 0.120 or more. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, if the A value is too large, the EUV light and electron beam transmittance of the resist film will decrease, the optical image profile in the resist film will deteriorate, and as a result it will be difficult to obtain a good pattern shape.
- [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content with respect to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
- [C] represents the molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from the total solid content with respect to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
- [O] represents the molar ratio of oxygen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition
- [F] represents the molar ratio of fluorine atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
- [S] represents the molar ratio of sulfur atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
- [I] represents actinic ray-sensitive.
- the resist composition contains an acid-decomposable resin, a photoacid generator, an acid diffusion controller, and a solvent
- the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion controller correspond to the solid content. That is, the total atoms of the total solid content correspond to the sum of all atoms derived from the resin, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent.
- [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to all atoms in the total solid content
- [H] represents the total molar ratio of the hydrogen atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator-derived hydrogen atoms, and the acid diffusion control agent-derived hydrogen atoms to the total of all atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent.
- the A value can be calculated by calculating the contained atomic ratio when the structure and content of the constituent components of the total solid content in the resist composition are known. Moreover, even if the constituent components are unknown, it is possible to calculate the constituent atomic number ratio of the resist film obtained by evaporating the solvent component of the resist composition by analytical techniques such as elemental analysis.
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may be in the mode shown below (also referred to as "the composition of the second mode").
- Second aspect Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (AX), (B) and (C).
- AX a repeating unit (ax1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less; a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
- B a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having no acid group and having a pKa of 12.0 or less, and having a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin alone.
- a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity; and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
- C Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
- the composition of the second aspect is the same as the composition of the present invention described above, except that the component (AX) is included instead of the component (A).
- the (AX) component is also called resin (AX).
- the resin (AX) has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more, preferably 0.005 nm/s or more, more preferably 0.01 nm/s or more, in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin (AX) alone.
- the upper limit of the dissolution rate is preferably 100 nm/s or less.
- the method of determining the dissolution rate of a film of resin alone in an alkaline developer is as described above.
- the resin (AX) is preferable because the dissolution rate of the film of the resin alone in an alkaline developer is 0.002 nm/s or more, so that the developability is excellent and the LWR performance is further improved.
- the rate of dissolution of the resin-only film in an alkaline developer can be adjusted by the content ratio of the repeating unit (ax1), the repeating unit (a2) and the repeating unit (a3), the molecular weight, and the like.
- the resin (AX) is the same as the resin (A) described above except that it contains a repeating unit (ax1) instead of the repeating unit (a1).
- the structure of the repeating unit (ax1) of the resin (AX) is not particularly limited, it is preferably represented by the general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2).
- the description, specific examples and preferred range of the repeating unit (ax1) of the resin (AX) are the same as those described for the repeating unit (a1) above.
- the present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention (hereinafter, "the composition of the present invention” also includes the aforementioned "second aspect composition”).
- the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
- the procedure of the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, it preferably includes the following steps.
- Step 1 Using the composition of the present invention, a step of forming a resist film on a substrate
- Step 2 A step of exposing the resist film
- Step 3 A step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer
- Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
- Examples of the method of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention include a method of applying the composition of the present invention onto a substrate.
- the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
- Filters are preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
- compositions of the present invention can be applied onto substrates such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coatings) by any suitable coating method such as a spinner or coater.
- the coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
- the number of rotations for spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
- the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
- Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
- the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
- the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
- the film thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, it is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the viewpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision.
- the film thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm.
- the film thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, still more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
- a topcoat composition may be used to form a topcoat on the upper layer of the resist film. It is preferable that the topcoat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly coated on the upper layer of the resist film.
- the topcoat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known topcoat can be formed by a conventionally known method. For example, it is preferable to form a topcoat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the resist film.
- Specific examples of basic compounds that the topcoat may contain include basic compounds that the composition of the present invention may contain.
- the topcoat also preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
- Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
- the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
- Actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, far ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm). , X-rays and electron beams are particularly preferred.
- baking is preferably performed before development. Baking accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
- the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
- the heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds. Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposing machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. This step is also called a post-exposure bake.
- Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
- the developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
- Examples of the development method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of building up the developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time (paddle method), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method). Further, after the step of developing, a step of stopping development may be performed while replacing the solvent with another solvent.
- the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
- the temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
- alkaline aqueous solution containing alkali is not particularly limited, but examples include aqueous alkaline solutions containing quaternary ammonium salts typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines.
- the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Suitable amounts of alcohols, surfactants and the like may be added to the alkaline developer.
- the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass.
- the pH of the alkaline developer is preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
- the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
- a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water.
- the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
- the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
- the pattern forming method preferably includes a step of washing with a rinse after step 3.
- Pure water is an example of the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the step of developing with an alkaline developer.
- An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to pure water.
- An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
- the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the development step using the organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. It is preferable to use a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
- the method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of continuously discharging the rinsing liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), a method of immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of spraying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
- the pattern forming method may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developing solution and the rinse solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. In addition, this process smoothes the resist pattern, and has the effect of improving the roughness of the surface of the pattern.
- the heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250° C. (preferably 90 to 200° C.) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
- the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlying film and substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
- the method of processing the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but a method of forming a pattern on the substrate by dry etching the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask is preferred. Dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
- the composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern forming method preferably do not contain impurities such as metals.
- the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, most preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
- the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
- examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, and Zn.
- Methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, a method of selecting raw materials with a low metal content as raw materials that constitute various materials, a method of filtering the raw materials that constitute various materials, and a method of performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible by lining the inside of the equipment with Teflon (registered trademark).
- impurities may be removed with an adsorbent, or filter filtration and adsorbent may be used in combination.
- adsorbent known adsorbents can be used.
- inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used.
- metal impurities such as metals contained in the various materials described above, it is necessary to prevent metal impurities from entering during the manufacturing process. Whether the metal impurities are sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the manufacturing equipment.
- the content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
- the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
- a conductive compound may be added to the organic treatment liquid such as the rinse liquid in order to prevent damage to the chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to electrostatic charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge.
- the conductive compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol.
- the amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining preferable developing properties or rinsing properties.
- the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.01% by mass or more.
- chemical solution pipe for example, SUS (stainless steel), antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or various pipes coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used.
- Antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can also be used for filters and O-rings.
- the present specification also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method, including the pattern forming method described above, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
- a preferred embodiment of the electronic device of the present specification includes a mode in which it is installed in electric/electronic equipment (household appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
- AP-1 to AP-13 were used as the resin (A).
- RAP-1 to RAP-4 were used as resins other than resin (A).
- RAP-1 to RAP-4 are also listed in the column of resin (A) in Table 3 below.
- AP-1 to AP-13 and RAP-1 to RAP-4 each contain repeating units shown in Table 1 below in the molar ratio shown in Table 1. Each repeating unit is indicated by the structure of the corresponding monomer. Although the repeating unit formed by the corresponding monomer MX contained in RAP-2 does not correspond to the repeating unit (a1), it is described in the repeating unit (a1) column for convenience.
- Table 1 also shows the dissolution rate of the film of each resin alone in an alkaline developer (referred to as "V A " in Table 1).
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene).
- the content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
- V A Dissolution rate (V A ) of film of resin alone in alkaline developer
- HMDS hexamethyldisilazane
- Table 2 shows the content (mol %), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each repeating unit contained in each resin.
- the content of repeating units is the ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit to all repeating units contained in each resin.
- the value of the repeating unit content of each resin corresponds to the order of description of the repeating unit in the structural formula of each resin shown below.
- the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene).
- the content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
- ⁇ Preparation of resist composition> The components shown in Table 3 were dissolved in the solvent shown in Table 3 to prepare a solution having a solid concentration shown in Table 3, and filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.02 ⁇ m to prepare a resist composition.
- solid content means all the components other than a solvent.
- the resulting resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
- the "% by mass” column indicates the content (% by mass) of each component with respect to the total solid content in the resist composition.
- the type of each compound used and its ratio (mass ratio) are described. When a surfactant was used, it was added in an amount of 0.1% by mass relative to the total solid content in the resist composition.
- ⁇ Pattern Forming Method (1) EB Exposure, Alkaline Development (Positive)>
- the prepared resist composition was coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resist film with a thickness of 100 nm. Similar results can be obtained by replacing the Si wafer with a chromium substrate.
- the wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam lithography system (HL750 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd., acceleration voltage 50 keV). At this time, drawing was performed so as to form a line and space of 1:1.
- HL750 electron beam lithography system
- the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds, developed with a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water, rotated at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then heated at 95° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm.
- the cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4300 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.).
- the sensitivity (Eopt) was defined as the exposure dose (electron beam dose) when resolving a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm.
- the line width dimension of a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm and a space width of 50 nm was 50 nm.
- the line width dimension (L0h) when PEB processing was performed immediately after exposure and the line width dimension (L2h) when PEB processing was performed 1 hour after exposure were measured, and the line width change rate was calculated by the following formula.
- Heating was performed at 100° C. for 60 seconds.
- Line width change rate (%) 100 ⁇ (L2h - L0h) nm / 50 nm A smaller value indicates better performance and was used as an indicator of PED stability.
- B or more is preferable practically, and A is more preferable.
- C Line width change rate is 5% or more and less than 10%
- D Line width change rate is 10% or more
- the prepared resist composition was coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resist film with a thickness of 100 nm.
- TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability can be provided. Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides: an active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a resin that contains a repeating unit having an acid group having a pKa value of 8.0 to 12.0 inclusive, a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group having a pKa value of less than 8.0, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having no acid group having a pKa value of 12.0 or less, a resin that contains a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit (b2) having a group capable of being decomposed by the action of an acid and capable of being increased in polarity and does not contain a repeating unit capable of generating an acid by the irradiation with an active ray or an radioactive ray, and a compound that generates an acid by the irradiation with an active ray or a radioactive ray; an active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using the active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; a pattern formation method; and an electronic device manufacturing method.
Description
本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。より詳細には、本発明は、超LSI(Large Scale Integration)及び高容量マイクロチップの製造プロセス、ナノインプリント用モールド作成プロセス並びに高密度情報記録媒体の製造プロセス等に適用可能な超マイクロリソグラフィプロセス、並びにその他のフォトファブリケーションプロセスに好適に用いることができる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。
The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method. More specifically, the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method that can be suitably used in ultra-microlithography processes applicable to ultra-large scale integration (LSI) and high-capacity microchip manufacturing processes, nanoimprint mold manufacturing processes, high-density information recording medium manufacturing processes, and other photofabrication processes.
従来、IC(Integrated Circuit)、LSI(Large Scale Integration)などの半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、レジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。近年、集積回路の高集積化に伴い、サブミクロン領域又はクオーターミクロン領域の超微細パターン形成が要求されるようになってきている。それに伴い、露光波長もg線からi線に、更にKrFエキシマレーザー光に、というように短波長化の傾向が見られ、現在では193nm波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。また、更に解像力を高める技術として、従来から投影レンズと試料の間に高屈折率の液体(以下、「液浸液」ともいう)で満たす、所謂、液浸法の開発が進んでいる。
Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as ICs (Integrated Circuits) and LSIs (Large Scale Integration), microfabrication is performed by lithography using resist compositions. 2. Description of the Related Art In recent years, as integrated circuits have become more highly integrated, there has been a demand for ultra-fine pattern formation in the submicron region or quarter micron region. Along with this, there is a trend toward shorter exposure wavelengths, from the g-line to the i-line and then to the KrF excimer laser light. At present, an exposure machine using an ArF excimer laser with a wavelength of 193 nm as a light source has been developed. Further, as a technique for further improving the resolution, the so-called liquid immersion method, in which the space between the projection lens and the sample is filled with a liquid with a high refractive index (hereinafter also referred to as "immersion liquid"), has been developed.
また、現在では、エキシマレーザー光以外にも、電子線(EB)、X線及び極紫外線(EUV)等を用いたリソグラフィーも開発が進んでいる。これに伴い、各種の活性光線又は放射線に有効に感応するレジスト組成物が開発されている。
In addition to excimer laser light, lithography using electron beams (EB), X-rays, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV), etc. is currently under development. Along with this, resist compositions that are effectively sensitive to various actinic rays or radiation have been developed.
感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂として様々な樹脂が知られているが、例えば特許文献1及び特許文献2には、フッ素原子を含む樹脂が記載されている。
なお、特許文献3には、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により膜を形成する工程と、上記膜の上に、フッ素原子を含む樹脂を含有するトップコート層を形成する工程を含むパターン形成方法が記載されている。 Various resins are known as resins used in actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions. For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe resins containing fluorine atoms.
In addition, Patent Document 3 describes a pattern forming method including a step of forming a film from an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a step of forming a topcoat layer containing a fluorine atom-containing resin on the film.
なお、特許文献3には、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により膜を形成する工程と、上記膜の上に、フッ素原子を含む樹脂を含有するトップコート層を形成する工程を含むパターン形成方法が記載されている。 Various resins are known as resins used in actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions. For example, Patent Documents 1 and 2 describe resins containing fluorine atoms.
In addition, Patent Document 3 describes a pattern forming method including a step of forming a film from an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a step of forming a topcoat layer containing a fluorine atom-containing resin on the film.
感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に添加されるフッ素原子を含む樹脂は、典型的には疎水性樹脂であり、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜の表面に偏在し、表面を疎水化する。
しかしながら、従来の疎水性樹脂を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物について本発明者らが検討したところ、パターンを形成する際のラインウィズスラフネス(Line Width Roughness:LWR)性能の改善の余地があることが分かった。LWR性能とはパターンのLWRを小さくできる性能のことを指す。
また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には、製造プロセス上の要請で、露光から露光後加熱(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)までの時間経過による性能への影響が少ないこと、すなわち、PED(Post Exposure time Delay)安定性に優れることが望まれている。 The fluorine atom-containing resin added to the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is typically a hydrophobic resin, and is unevenly distributed on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film to make the surface hydrophobic.
However, when the present inventors examined actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions containing conventional hydrophobic resins, it was found that there is room for improvement in Line Width Roughness (LWR) performance when forming patterns. LWR performance refers to performance that can reduce the LWR of a pattern.
In addition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions are required to have little effect on performance due to the passage of time from exposure to post exposure bake (PEB), that is, to have excellent PED (Post Exposure time Delay) stability.
しかしながら、従来の疎水性樹脂を含む感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物について本発明者らが検討したところ、パターンを形成する際のラインウィズスラフネス(Line Width Roughness:LWR)性能の改善の余地があることが分かった。LWR性能とはパターンのLWRを小さくできる性能のことを指す。
また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物には、製造プロセス上の要請で、露光から露光後加熱(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)までの時間経過による性能への影響が少ないこと、すなわち、PED(Post Exposure time Delay)安定性に優れることが望まれている。 The fluorine atom-containing resin added to the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is typically a hydrophobic resin, and is unevenly distributed on the surface of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film to make the surface hydrophobic.
However, when the present inventors examined actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions containing conventional hydrophobic resins, it was found that there is room for improvement in Line Width Roughness (LWR) performance when forming patterns. LWR performance refers to performance that can reduce the LWR of a pattern.
In addition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions are required to have little effect on performance due to the passage of time from exposure to post exposure bake (PEB), that is, to have excellent PED (Post Exposure time Delay) stability.
本発明は、以上の点を鑑みてなされたものであり、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability.
Another object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
本発明者らは、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位と、pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位と、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂を用いることにより、上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
The present inventors found that the above problems can be solved by using a resin containing a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0, and a repeating unit containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and no acid group.
すなわち、本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。
That is, the inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
少なくとも下記(A)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(A)下記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含む樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物 [1]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (A), (B) and (C).
(A) a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, represented by the following general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2);
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
a resin containing a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group;
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
少なくとも下記(A)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(A)下記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含む樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物 [1]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (A), (B) and (C).
(A) a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, represented by the following general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2);
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
a resin containing a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group;
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
上記一般式中、
Ra1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Ra2はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルカルボニルオキシ基を表す。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。
L1は単結合又は-C(=O)O-を表す。
L2は単結合、又は、-C(=O)O-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。
mは0~2の整数を表す。
n1は1以上、(5+2m)以下の整数を表す。
n2は1~3の整数を表す。
k1は0以上、(5+2m-n1)以下の整数を表す。
[2]
上記繰り返し単位(a1)が、上記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ上記一般式(a1-1)中のmが0又は1を表す、[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
上記繰り返し単位(a1)が、上記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ上記一般式(a1-1)中のL1が単結合を表す、[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。[4]
上記繰り返し単位(a3)が、3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を含む、[1]~[3]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
上記繰り返し単位(a3)が、下記一般式(a3-1)で表される、[1]~[4]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 In the above general formula,
R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
L 1 represents a single bond or -C(=O)O-.
L2 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
m represents an integer of 0 to 2;
n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less.
n2 represents an integer of 1-3.
k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m−n1) or less.
[2]
Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the general formula (a1-1), and m in the general formula (a1-1) represents 0 or 1.
[3]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the general formula (a1-1), and L 1 in the general formula (a1-1) represents a single bond. [4]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the repeating unit (a3) contains an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents.
[5]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the repeating unit (a3) is represented by the following general formula (a3-1).
Ra1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Ra2はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルカルボニルオキシ基を表す。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。
L1は単結合又は-C(=O)O-を表す。
L2は単結合、又は、-C(=O)O-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。
mは0~2の整数を表す。
n1は1以上、(5+2m)以下の整数を表す。
n2は1~3の整数を表す。
k1は0以上、(5+2m-n1)以下の整数を表す。
[2]
上記繰り返し単位(a1)が、上記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ上記一般式(a1-1)中のmが0又は1を表す、[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
上記繰り返し単位(a1)が、上記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ上記一般式(a1-1)中のL1が単結合を表す、[1]又は[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。[4]
上記繰り返し単位(a3)が、3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を含む、[1]~[3]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
上記繰り返し単位(a3)が、下記一般式(a3-1)で表される、[1]~[4]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 In the above general formula,
R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
L 1 represents a single bond or -C(=O)O-.
L2 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
m represents an integer of 0 to 2;
n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less.
n2 represents an integer of 1-3.
k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m−n1) or less.
[2]
Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the general formula (a1-1), and m in the general formula (a1-1) represents 0 or 1.
[3]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the general formula (a1-1), and L 1 in the general formula (a1-1) represents a single bond. [4]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the repeating unit (a3) contains an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents.
[5]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the repeating unit (a3) is represented by the following general formula (a3-1).
一般式(a3-1)中、Ra3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Ra4は3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表す。
[6]
上記繰り返し単位(a2)の酸基のpKaが0.0以上6.0以下である、[1]~[5]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[7]
上記繰り返し単位(a2)が、下記一般式(a2-1)で表される、[1]~[6]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 In general formula (a3-1), R a3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents.
[6]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit (a2) is 0.0 or more and 6.0 or less.
[7]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the repeating unit (a2) is represented by the following general formula (a2-1).
[6]
上記繰り返し単位(a2)の酸基のpKaが0.0以上6.0以下である、[1]~[5]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[7]
上記繰り返し単位(a2)が、下記一般式(a2-1)で表される、[1]~[6]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 In general formula (a3-1), R a3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents.
[6]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit (a2) is 0.0 or more and 6.0 or less.
[7]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [6], wherein the repeating unit (a2) is represented by the following general formula (a2-1).
一般式(a2-1)中、Ra5は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。L3は単結合、又は、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。pは1~3の整数を表す。
[8]
少なくとも下記(AX)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(AX)pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(ax1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含み、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上である樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
[9]
上記(AX)の樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.01nm/s以上である、[8]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[10]
[1]~[9]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。
[11]
[1]~[9]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程と、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程と、上記露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。
[12]
[11]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 In general formula (a2-1), R a5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. L3 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group. p represents an integer of 1 to 3;
[8]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (AX), (B) and (C).
(AX) a repeating unit (ax1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less;
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
(B) a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having no acid group and having a pKa of 12.0 or less, and having a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin alone.
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation [9]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [8], wherein the film of the resin (AX) alone has a dissolution rate in an alkaline developer of 0.01 nm/s or more.
[10]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9].
[11]
A pattern forming method comprising the steps of: forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9]; exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with a developer.
[12]
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to [11].
[8]
少なくとも下記(AX)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(AX)pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(ax1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含み、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上である樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
[9]
上記(AX)の樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.01nm/s以上である、[8]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[10]
[1]~[9]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。
[11]
[1]~[9]のいずれか1つに記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程と、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程と、上記露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。
[12]
[11]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 In general formula (a2-1), R a5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. L3 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group. p represents an integer of 1 to 3;
[8]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (AX), (B) and (C).
(AX) a repeating unit (ax1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less;
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
(B) a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having no acid group and having a pKa of 12.0 or less, and having a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin alone.
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compounds that generate an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation [9]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [8], wherein the film of the resin (AX) alone has a dissolution rate in an alkaline developer of 0.01 nm/s or more.
[10]
An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9].
[11]
A pattern forming method comprising the steps of: forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9]; exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film; and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film with a developer.
[12]
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to [11].
本発明により、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。 ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION By this invention, the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability can be provided.
Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。 ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION By this invention, the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability can be provided.
Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。 The present invention will be described in detail below.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。 The present invention will be described in detail below.
The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on representative embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
本明細書において、「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、軟X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。
本明細書において、「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
本明細書において、「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。 As used herein, "actinic ray" or "radiation" means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron beams (EB: Electron Beam).
As used herein, "light" means actinic rays or radiation.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term “exposure” includes not only exposure by the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV represented by excimer lasers, but also drawing by particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
In the present specification, the term "~" is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
本明細書において、「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
本明細書において、「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。 As used herein, "actinic ray" or "radiation" means, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, soft X-rays, and electron beams (EB: Electron Beam).
As used herein, "light" means actinic rays or radiation.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term “exposure” includes not only exposure by the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV represented by excimer lasers, but also drawing by particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
In the present specification, the term "~" is used to include the numerical values before and after it as lower and upper limits.
本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート及びメタクリレートの少なくとも1種を表す。また(メタ)アクリル酸はアクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の少なくとも1種を表す。
In this specification, (meth)acrylate represents at least one of acrylate and methacrylate. (Meth)acrylic acid represents at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー株式会社製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶剤:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー株式会社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection volume): 10 μL, column: TSK g manufactured by Tosoh Corporation. el Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40° C., flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: defined as a polystyrene conversion value by a Refractive Index Detector.
本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を含む基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
置換基としては、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。 Regarding the notation of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, as long as it does not contradict the spirit of the present invention, the notation that does not describe substituted or unsubstituted includes groups containing substituents as well as groups without substituents. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Also, the term "organic group" as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
As a substituent, a monovalent substituent is preferable unless otherwise specified.
置換基としては、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。 Regarding the notation of groups (atomic groups) in the present specification, as long as it does not contradict the spirit of the present invention, the notation that does not describe substituted or unsubstituted includes groups containing substituents as well as groups without substituents. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Also, the term "organic group" as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
As a substituent, a monovalent substituent is preferable unless otherwise specified.
本明細書において、表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく、「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。
In this specification, the bonding direction of the divalent groups indicated is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y in a compound represented by the formula "XYZ" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO-. The compound may be "X—CO—O—Z" or "X—O—CO—Z."
本明細書において、酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。
ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 As used herein, the acid dissociation constant (pKa) represents the pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, a value obtained by calculating a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using Software Package 1 below. All pKa values described herein are calculated using this software package.
Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 As used herein, the acid dissociation constant (pKa) represents the pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, a value obtained by calculating a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using Software Package 1 below. All pKa values described herein are calculated using this software package.
Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
また、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH+解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H+解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。
pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation. As a specific method for this, there is a method of calculating the H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on the thermodynamic cycle. H + dissociation free energy can be calculated by, for example, DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in literature, etc., and are not limited to this. Note that there are a plurality of software that can implement DFT, and Gaussian16 is an example.
本明細書において、pKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
本明細書において、pKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。 In the present specification, pKa refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using Software Package 1, as described above.
In this specification, pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution" as described above, but when pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" shall be adopted.
本明細書において、pKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。 In the present specification, pKa refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using Software Package 1, as described above.
In this specification, pKa refers to "pKa in aqueous solution" as described above, but when pKa in aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" shall be adopted.
本明細書において、「固形分」とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分を意味し、溶剤は含まれない。また、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。
As used herein, the term "solid content" means a component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and does not include a solvent. In addition, as long as it is a component that forms an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, it is regarded as a solid content even if the property is liquid.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物>
本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)は、少なくとも下記(A)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。
(A)下記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含む樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物 <Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as "the composition of the present invention") is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (A), (B) and (C).
(A) a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, represented by the following general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2);
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
a resin containing a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group;
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(「本発明の組成物」ともいう。)は、少なくとも下記(A)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。
(A)下記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含む樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物 <Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (also referred to as "the composition of the present invention") is an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (A), (B) and (C).
(A) a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, represented by the following general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2);
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
a resin containing a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group;
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
上記一般式中、
Ra1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Ra2はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルカルボニルオキシ基を表す。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。
L1は単結合又は-C(=O)O-を表す。
L2は単結合、又は、-C(=O)O-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。
mは0~2の整数を表す。
n1は1以上、(5+2m)以下の整数を表す。
n2は1~3の整数を表す。
k1は0以上、(5+2m-n1)以下の整数を表す。 In the above general formula,
R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
L 1 represents a single bond or -C(=O)O-.
L2 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
m represents an integer of 0 to 2;
n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less.
n2 represents an integer of 1-3.
k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m−n1) or less.
Ra1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Ra2はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルカルボニルオキシ基を表す。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。
L1は単結合又は-C(=O)O-を表す。
L2は単結合、又は、-C(=O)O-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。
mは0~2の整数を表す。
n1は1以上、(5+2m)以下の整数を表す。
n2は1~3の整数を表す。
k1は0以上、(5+2m-n1)以下の整数を表す。 In the above general formula,
R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
L 1 represents a single bond or -C(=O)O-.
L2 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
m represents an integer of 0 to 2;
n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less.
n2 represents an integer of 1-3.
k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m−n1) or less.
本発明により、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる理由について、詳細には明らかになっていないが、本発明者らは以下のように推定している。本発明の(A)成分は、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位と、pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位と、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂であり、(B)成分の酸分解性樹脂との相互作用が適切な範囲であるため、LWR性能及びPED安定性が優れると考えられる。更に、同じ理由から、解像性にも優れ、かつ感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製してから一定期間経過した後でも優れたLWR性能を維持できると考えられる。
Although the reason why the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition with excellent LWR performance and PED stability has not been clarified in detail, the present inventors presume as follows. The component (A) of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0, and at least one fluorine atom. Furthermore, for the same reason, it is considered that the resolution is excellent and that the excellent LWR performance can be maintained even after a certain period of time has passed since the preparation of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
本発明の組成物において、(A)と(B)と(C)とは互いに別個の成分であることが好ましい。
In the composition of the present invention, (A), (B) and (C) are preferably separate components.
本発明の組成物は、典型的にはレジスト組成物であり、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
本発明の組成物は、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であっても、非化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
本発明の組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は、典型的にはレジスト膜である。
以下において、まず、本発明の組成物の各種成分について詳述する。 The composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. The composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
In the following, first, various components of the composition of the present invention are described in detail.
本発明の組成物は、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であっても、非化学増幅型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
本発明の組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜は、典型的にはレジスト膜である。
以下において、まず、本発明の組成物の各種成分について詳述する。 The composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition, and may be a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition. The composition of the present invention may be a resist composition for alkali development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The composition of the present invention may be a chemically amplified resist composition or a non-chemically amplified resist composition. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention is typically a resist film.
In the following, first, various components of the composition of the present invention are described in detail.
[(A)成分]
本発明の組成物に含まれる(A)成分は、上記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a1)と、pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)とを含む樹脂である。
(A)成分を、「樹脂(A)」ともいう。 [(A) component]
The component (A) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group having a pKa of less than 8.0, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group.
The component (A) is also referred to as "resin (A)".
本発明の組成物に含まれる(A)成分は、上記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a1)と、pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)とを含む樹脂である。
(A)成分を、「樹脂(A)」ともいう。 [(A) component]
The component (A) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group having a pKa of less than 8.0, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group.
The component (A) is also referred to as "resin (A)".
本発明では、各繰り返し単位に対応する構造のモノマー(M)について、前述のソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて計算により求めた値(この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFTに基づいてGaussian16により得られる値)を、各繰り返し単位が有する酸基のpKaとする。上記モノマー(M)が酸基を2つ以上有している場合はpKaの値も2つ以上算出されるが、その場合は、最小のpKaをその繰り返し単位が有する酸基のpKaとする。
In the present invention, for the monomer (M) having the structure corresponding to each repeating unit, the value obtained by calculation using the aforementioned software package 1 (if the pKa cannot be calculated by this method, the value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT) is taken as the pKa of the acid group of each repeating unit. When the monomer (M) has two or more acid groups, two or more pKa values are calculated. In this case, the minimum pKa is taken as the pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit.
(繰り返し単位(a1))
繰り返し単位(a1)は、上記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位である。 (Repeating unit (a1))
The repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less represented by the general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2).
繰り返し単位(a1)は、上記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位である。 (Repeating unit (a1))
The repeating unit (a1) is a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less represented by the general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2).
一般式(a1-1)中、Ra1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Ra1のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基が更に好ましい。 In general formula (a1-1), R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group for R a1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group.
Ra1のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましく、メチル基が更に好ましい。 In general formula (a1-1), R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group for R a1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a methyl group.
一般式(a1-1)中、Ra2はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルカルボニルオキシ基を表す。
Ra2のハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
Ra2のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基、アントリル基等が好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基がより好ましい。
Ra2のヘテロアリール基としては、硫黄原子、窒素原子及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、具体的には、チエニル基、フラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ピロール基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ピリジル基等が好ましく、チエニル基、フラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等の炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアルキルチオ基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキルチオ基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキルチオ基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアルコキシカルボニル基としては、炭素数2~10のアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~6のアルコキシカルボニル基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基としては、炭素数2~10のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数2~6のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基がより好ましい。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。 In general formula (a1-1), R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
The halogen atom for R a2 includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
The alkyl group for R a2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The aryl group represented by R a2 is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, an anthryl group, or the like, and more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
The heteroaryl group of R a2 is preferably a heteroaryl group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. Specifically, a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group and the like are preferred, and a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group and a benzofuranyl group are more preferred.
The alkoxy group represented by R a2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The alkylthio group for R a2 is preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The alkoxycarbonyl group for R a2 is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
The alkylcarbonyloxy group for R a2 is preferably an alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
Ra2のハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が好ましい。
Ra2のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~10のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基、アントリル基等が好ましく、フェニル基、ナフチル基がより好ましい。
Ra2のヘテロアリール基としては、硫黄原子、窒素原子及び酸素原子からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つのヘテロ原子を含むヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、具体的には、チエニル基、フラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ピロール基、オキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ピリジル基等が好ましく、チエニル基、フラニル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等の炭素数1~10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアルキルチオ基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキルチオ基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキルチオ基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアルコキシカルボニル基としては、炭素数2~10のアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましく、炭素数2~6のアルコキシカルボニル基がより好ましい。
Ra2のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基としては、炭素数2~10のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数2~6のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基がより好ましい。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。 In general formula (a1-1), R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
The halogen atom for R a2 includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, with a fluorine atom being preferred.
The alkyl group for R a2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The aryl group represented by R a2 is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a phenanthryl group, an anthryl group, or the like, and more preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
The heteroaryl group of R a2 is preferably a heteroaryl group containing at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a sulfur atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. Specifically, a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group, a benzofuranyl group, a pyrrole group, an oxazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, a pyridyl group and the like are preferred, and a thienyl group, a furanyl group, a benzothienyl group and a benzofuranyl group are more preferred.
The alkoxy group represented by R a2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The alkylthio group for R a2 is preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The alkoxycarbonyl group for R a2 is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
The alkylcarbonyloxy group for R a2 is preferably an alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
一般式(a1-1)中、mは0~2の整数を表し、0又は1を表すことが好ましく、0を表すことがより好ましい。
mが0を表す場合、一般式(a1-1)中の芳香環はベンゼンを表す。
mが1を表す場合、一般式(a1-1)中の芳香環はナフタレンを表す。
mが2を表す場合、一般式(a1-1)中の芳香環はアントラセンを表す。 In general formula (a1-1), m represents an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
When m represents 0, the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents benzene.
When m represents 1, the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents naphthalene.
When m represents 2, the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents anthracene.
mが0を表す場合、一般式(a1-1)中の芳香環はベンゼンを表す。
mが1を表す場合、一般式(a1-1)中の芳香環はナフタレンを表す。
mが2を表す場合、一般式(a1-1)中の芳香環はアントラセンを表す。 In general formula (a1-1), m represents an integer of 0 to 2, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
When m represents 0, the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents benzene.
When m represents 1, the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents naphthalene.
When m represents 2, the aromatic ring in general formula (a1-1) represents anthracene.
一般式(a1-1)中、n1は1以上、(5+2m)以下の整数を表し、1~3の整数を表すことが好ましく、1又は2を表すことがより好ましく、1を表すことが更に好ましい。
In general formula (a1-1), n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 1.
一般式(a1-1)中、k1は0以上、(5+2m-n1)以下の整数を表し、0~4の整数を表すことが好ましく、0~2の整数を表すことがより好ましく、0を表すことが更に好ましい。
In general formula (a1-1), k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m−n1) or less, preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and still more preferably 0.
一般式(a1-1)中、L1は単結合又は-C(=O)O-を表し、単結合を表すことが好ましい。
In general formula (a1-1), L 1 represents a single bond or -C(=O)O-, preferably a single bond.
一般式(a1-2)中、Ra1は、前述の一般式(a1-1)中のRa1と同じ意味を表し、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。
In general formula (a1-2), R a1 has the same meaning as R a1 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
一般式(a1-2)中、L2は単結合、又は、-C(=O)O-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。
L2のアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
L2のシクロアルキレン基としては、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数5~15のシクロアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のシクロアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
L2のアリーレン基としては、炭素数6~20のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基がより好ましく、フェニレン基が更に好ましい。
L2は、-C(=O)O-とアルキレン基とからなる連結基、又はアリーレン基を表すことが好ましい。 In general formula (a1-2), L2 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
The alkylene group for L 2 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group for L 2 is preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
The arylene group for L 2 is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a phenylene group.
L 2 preferably represents a linking group consisting of -C(=O)O- and an alkylene group, or an arylene group.
L2のアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
L2のシクロアルキレン基としては、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数5~15のシクロアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のシクロアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
L2のアリーレン基としては、炭素数6~20のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基がより好ましく、フェニレン基が更に好ましい。
L2は、-C(=O)O-とアルキレン基とからなる連結基、又はアリーレン基を表すことが好ましい。 In general formula (a1-2), L2 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
The alkylene group for L 2 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group for L 2 is preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
The arylene group for L 2 is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a phenylene group.
L 2 preferably represents a linking group consisting of -C(=O)O- and an alkylene group, or an arylene group.
一般式(a1-2)中、n2は1~3の整数を表し、1又は2を表すことがより好ましい。
In general formula (a1-2), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
繰り返し単位(a1)は、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する。
繰り返し単位(a1)を構成する原子団に、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基が共有結合により結合していることが好ましい。
繰り返し単位(a1)が有する酸基としては、例えばフェノール性水酸基、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基(-C(CF3)2OH)等が挙げられる。 The repeating unit (a1) has an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less.
It is preferable that an acid group having a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less be covalently bonded to the atomic group constituting the repeating unit (a1).
Examples of the acid group possessed by the repeating unit (a1) include a phenolic hydroxyl group and a hexafluoroisopropanol group (--C(CF 3 ) 2 OH).
繰り返し単位(a1)を構成する原子団に、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基が共有結合により結合していることが好ましい。
繰り返し単位(a1)が有する酸基としては、例えばフェノール性水酸基、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基(-C(CF3)2OH)等が挙げられる。 The repeating unit (a1) has an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less.
It is preferable that an acid group having a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less be covalently bonded to the atomic group constituting the repeating unit (a1).
Examples of the acid group possessed by the repeating unit (a1) include a phenolic hydroxyl group and a hexafluoroisopropanol group (--C(CF 3 ) 2 OH).
繰り返し単位(a1)の酸基のpKaは、8.5以上11.0以下であることが好ましく、9.0以上10.5以下であることがより好ましい。
The pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit (a1) is preferably 8.5 or more and 11.0 or less, more preferably 9.0 or more and 10.5 or less.
繰り返し単位(a1)に対応するモノマーの具体例をそのpKaとともに以下に示すが、繰り返し単位(a1)はこれらに限定されない。Meはメチル基を表す。
Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit (a1) are shown below together with their pKa, but the repeating unit (a1) is not limited to these. Me represents a methyl group.
繰り返し単位(a1)は、上記一般式(a1-1)で表されることが好ましい。
繰り返し単位(a1)は、上記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ上記一般式(a1-1)中のmが0又は1を表すことが好ましく、mが0を表すことがより好ましい。
繰り返し単位(a1)は、上記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ上記一般式(a1-1)中のL1が単結合を表すことがより好ましい。 The repeating unit (a1) is preferably represented by general formula (a1-1) above.
The repeating unit (a1) is represented by the general formula (a1-1), and m in the general formula (a1-1) preferably represents 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
More preferably, the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the above general formula (a1-1), and L 1 in the above general formula (a1-1) represents a single bond.
繰り返し単位(a1)は、上記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ上記一般式(a1-1)中のmが0又は1を表すことが好ましく、mが0を表すことがより好ましい。
繰り返し単位(a1)は、上記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ上記一般式(a1-1)中のL1が単結合を表すことがより好ましい。 The repeating unit (a1) is preferably represented by general formula (a1-1) above.
The repeating unit (a1) is represented by the general formula (a1-1), and m in the general formula (a1-1) preferably represents 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
More preferably, the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the above general formula (a1-1), and L 1 in the above general formula (a1-1) represents a single bond.
繰り返し単位(a1)は、下記一般式(a1-3)で表される繰り返し単位であることが特に好ましい。
The repeating unit (a1) is particularly preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (a1-3).
一般式(a1-3)中、
Ra1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Ra2はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルカルボニルオキシ基を表す。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。
L1は単結合又は-C(=O)O-を表す。
n3は1~3の整数を表す。
k2は0~4の整数を表す。 In general formula (a1-3),
R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
L 1 represents a single bond or -C(=O)O-.
n3 represents an integer of 1-3.
k2 represents an integer from 0 to 4;
Ra1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Ra2はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルカルボニルオキシ基を表す。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。
L1は単結合又は-C(=O)O-を表す。
n3は1~3の整数を表す。
k2は0~4の整数を表す。 In general formula (a1-3),
R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
L 1 represents a single bond or -C(=O)O-.
n3 represents an integer of 1-3.
k2 represents an integer from 0 to 4;
一般式(a1-3)中、Ra1及びRa2は、それぞれ前述の一般式(a1-1)中のRa1及びRa2と同じ意味を表し、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。
In general formula (a1-3), R a1 and R a2 have the same meanings as R a1 and R a2 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
一般式(a1-3)中、n3は1~3の整数を表し、1又は2を表すことが好ましく、1を表すことが更に好ましい。
In general formula (a1-3), n3 represents an integer of 1 to 3, preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
一般式(a1-3)中、k2は0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数を表すことが好ましく、0を表すことがより好ましい。
In general formula (a1-3), k2 represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 0.
樹脂(A)が含む繰り返し単位(a1)は1種でも2種以上でもよい。
The number of repeating units (a1) contained in the resin (A) may be one or two or more.
繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量は、特に限定されないが、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、5モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましく、20モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましく、70モル%以下が更に好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit (a1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, and still more preferably 20 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, the content of the repeating unit (a1) is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less, and still more preferably 70 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A).
(繰り返し単位(a2))
繰り返し単位(a2)は、pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位である。
繰り返し単位(a2)を構成する原子団に、pKaが8.0未満の酸基が共有結合により結合していることが好ましい。
繰り返し単位(a2)が有する酸基としては、例えばカルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホンイミド基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
スルホンアミド基は、-NHSO2R1で表されることが好ましい。R1は有機基を表す。R1はアルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。上記アルキル基はフッ素原子を置換基として有することが好ましい。
スルホンイミド基は、-SO2NHSO2R1で表されることが好ましい。R1は有機基を表す。R1はアルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。上記アルキル基はフッ素原子を置換基として有することが好ましい。 (Repeating unit (a2))
The repeating unit (a2) is a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0.
It is preferable that an acid group having a pKa of less than 8.0 be covalently bonded to the atomic group constituting the repeating unit (a2).
Examples of the acid group that the repeating unit (a2) has include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonimide group, and a hydroxy group.
A sulfonamide group is preferably represented by —NHSO 2 R 1 . R 1 represents an organic group. R 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group preferably has a fluorine atom as a substituent.
A sulfonimide group is preferably represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R 1 . R 1 represents an organic group. R 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group preferably has a fluorine atom as a substituent.
繰り返し単位(a2)は、pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位である。
繰り返し単位(a2)を構成する原子団に、pKaが8.0未満の酸基が共有結合により結合していることが好ましい。
繰り返し単位(a2)が有する酸基としては、例えばカルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホンイミド基、ヒドロキシ基等が挙げられる。
スルホンアミド基は、-NHSO2R1で表されることが好ましい。R1は有機基を表す。R1はアルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。上記アルキル基はフッ素原子を置換基として有することが好ましい。
スルホンイミド基は、-SO2NHSO2R1で表されることが好ましい。R1は有機基を表す。R1はアルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。上記アルキル基はフッ素原子を置換基として有することが好ましい。 (Repeating unit (a2))
The repeating unit (a2) is a repeating unit having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0.
It is preferable that an acid group having a pKa of less than 8.0 be covalently bonded to the atomic group constituting the repeating unit (a2).
Examples of the acid group that the repeating unit (a2) has include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonimide group, and a hydroxy group.
A sulfonamide group is preferably represented by —NHSO 2 R 1 . R 1 represents an organic group. R 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group preferably has a fluorine atom as a substituent.
A sulfonimide group is preferably represented by —SO 2 NHSO 2 R 1 . R 1 represents an organic group. R 1 is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group preferably has a fluorine atom as a substituent.
繰り返し単位(a2)の酸基のpKaは、-8.0以上7.0以下であることが好ましく、0.0以上6.0以下であることがより好ましい。
The pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit (a2) is preferably -8.0 or more and 7.0 or less, more preferably 0.0 or more and 6.0 or less.
繰り返し単位(a2)は、下記一般式(a2-1)で表されることが好ましい。
The repeating unit (a2) is preferably represented by the following general formula (a2-1).
一般式(a2-1)中、Ra5は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。L3は単結合、又は、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。pは1~3の整数を表す。
In general formula (a2-1), R a5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. L3 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group. p represents an integer of 1 to 3;
一般式(a2-1)中のRa5は前述の一般式(a1-1)中のRa1と同じ意味を表し、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。
L3のアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
L3のシクロアルキレン基としては、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数5~15のシクロアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のシクロアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
L3のアリーレン基としては、炭素数6~20のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基がより好ましく、フェニレン基が更に好ましい。
一般式(a2-1)中のpは1又は2を表すことが好ましく、1を表すことがより好ましい。 R a5 in general formula (a2-1) has the same meaning as R a1 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
The alkylene group for L 3 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group for L 3 is preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
The arylene group of L 3 is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a phenylene group.
p in general formula (a2-1) preferably represents 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
L3のアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
L3のシクロアルキレン基としては、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数5~15のシクロアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のシクロアルキレン基が更に好ましい。
L3のアリーレン基としては、炭素数6~20のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基がより好ましく、フェニレン基が更に好ましい。
一般式(a2-1)中のpは1又は2を表すことが好ましく、1を表すことがより好ましい。 R a5 in general formula (a2-1) has the same meaning as R a1 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
The alkylene group for L 3 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and even more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group for L 3 is preferably a cycloalkylene group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 5 to 15 carbon atoms, and even more preferably a cycloalkylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
The arylene group of L 3 is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably a phenylene group.
p in general formula (a2-1) preferably represents 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
繰り返し単位(a2)に対応するモノマーの具体例をそのpKaとともに以下に示すが、繰り返し単位(a2)はこれらに限定されない。
Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit (a2) are shown below together with their pKa, but the repeating unit (a2) is not limited to these.
樹脂(A)が含む繰り返し単位(a2)は1種でも2種以上でもよい。
The number of repeating units (a2) contained in the resin (A) may be one or two or more.
繰り返し単位(a2)の含有量は、特に限定されないが、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、3モル%以上がより好ましい。また、繰り返し単位(a2)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、40モル%以下が好ましく、30モル%以下がより好ましく、20モル%以下が更に好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit (a2) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, relative to the total repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, the content of the repeating unit (a2) is preferably 40 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less, and even more preferably 20 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A).
(繰り返し単位(a3))
繰り返し単位(a3)は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位である。
繰り返し単位(a3)は酸基を有さないか、酸基を有するとしてもその酸基のpKaは12.0より大きい。
繰り返し単位(a3)は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基又はアリール基を含むことが好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましい。上記アリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がより好ましい。 (Repeating unit (a3))
The repeating unit (a3) is a repeating unit containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group.
The repeating unit (a3) does not have an acid group, or if it does have an acid group, the pKa of the acid group is greater than 12.0.
The repeating unit (a3) preferably contains an alkyl group or an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom as a substituent. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
繰り返し単位(a3)は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位である。
繰り返し単位(a3)は酸基を有さないか、酸基を有するとしてもその酸基のpKaは12.0より大きい。
繰り返し単位(a3)は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基又はアリール基を含むことが好ましい。上記アルキル基としては、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましい。上記アリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がより好ましい。 (Repeating unit (a3))
The repeating unit (a3) is a repeating unit containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group.
The repeating unit (a3) does not have an acid group, or if it does have an acid group, the pKa of the acid group is greater than 12.0.
The repeating unit (a3) preferably contains an alkyl group or an aryl group having at least one fluorine atom as a substituent. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable. As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferable.
繰り返し単位(a3)は、3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を含むことが好ましく、3~15個のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を含むことがより好ましく、3~10個のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を含むことが更に好ましい。
The repeating unit (a3) preferably contains an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents, more preferably contains an alkyl group having 3 to 15 fluorine atoms as substituents, and still more preferably contains an alkyl group having 3 to 10 fluorine atoms as substituents.
繰り返し単位(a3)は、下記一般式(a3-1)で表されることが好ましい。
The repeating unit (a3) is preferably represented by the following general formula (a3-1).
一般式(a3-1)中、Ra3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Ra4は3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表す。
In general formula (a3-1), R a3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents.
一般式(a3-1)中、Ra3は前述の一般式(a1-1)中のRa1と同じ意味を表し、具体例及び好ましい範囲も同じである。
一般式(a3-1)中、Ra4は3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表し、3~15個のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表すことがより好ましく、3~10個のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表すことが更に好ましい。
Ra4のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等の炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましい。 In general formula (a3-1), R a3 has the same meaning as R a1 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
In general formula (a3-1), R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents, more preferably represents an alkyl group having 3 to 15 fluorine atoms as substituents, and more preferably represents an alkyl group having 3 to 10 fluorine atoms as substituents.
The alkyl group for R a4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group and 2-ethylhexyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
一般式(a3-1)中、Ra4は3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表し、3~15個のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表すことがより好ましく、3~10個のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表すことが更に好ましい。
Ra4のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基等の炭素数1~20のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基がより好ましい。 In general formula (a3-1), R a3 has the same meaning as R a1 in general formula (a1-1) above, and specific examples and preferred ranges are also the same.
In general formula (a3-1), R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents, more preferably represents an alkyl group having 3 to 15 fluorine atoms as substituents, and more preferably represents an alkyl group having 3 to 10 fluorine atoms as substituents.
The alkyl group for R a4 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group and 2-ethylhexyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
繰り返し単位(a3)に対応するモノマーの具体例を、酸基を含む場合にはそのpKaとともに以下に示すが、繰り返し単位(a3)はこれらに限定されない。
Specific examples of the monomer corresponding to the repeating unit (a3) are shown below together with the pKa of the monomer when it contains an acid group, but the repeating unit (a3) is not limited to these.
樹脂(A)が含む繰り返し単位(a3)は1種でも2種以上でもよい。
The number of repeating units (a3) contained in the resin (A) may be one or two or more.
繰り返し単位(a3)の含有量は、特に限定されないが、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、繰り返し単位(a3)の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましく、70モル%以下が更に好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit (a3) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and still more preferably 30 mol% or more, relative to the total repeating units in the resin (A). Moreover, the content of the repeating unit (a3) is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 80 mol % or less, and still more preferably 70 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A).
樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a1)、繰り返し単位(a2)、繰り返し単位(a3)に加えて、更にその他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
その他の繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、40モル%以下が好ましく、30モル%以下がより好ましい。
樹脂(A)は酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位を含まないことが好ましい。また、樹脂(A)は活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まないことが好ましい。 The resin (A) may further contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating units (a1), (a2) and (a3).
The content of other repeating units is preferably 40 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A).
It is preferred that the resin (A) does not contain a repeating unit having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity. Moreover, it is preferable that the resin (A) does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
その他の繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、40モル%以下が好ましく、30モル%以下がより好ましい。
樹脂(A)は酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位を含まないことが好ましい。また、樹脂(A)は活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まないことが好ましい。 The resin (A) may further contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating units (a1), (a2) and (a3).
The content of other repeating units is preferably 40 mol % or less, more preferably 30 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (A).
It is preferred that the resin (A) does not contain a repeating unit having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity. Moreover, it is preferable that the resin (A) does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
樹脂(A)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、100,000以下が好ましく、1,000~50,000がより好ましく、3,000~40,000が更に好ましく、4,000~30,000が特に好ましい。
樹脂(A)の分散度(分子量分布)は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1~2が更に好ましい。 Resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight of resin (A) is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 40,000, and particularly preferably 4,000 to 30,000.
The dispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (A) is preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, even more preferably 1-2.
樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、100,000以下が好ましく、1,000~50,000がより好ましく、3,000~40,000が更に好ましく、4,000~30,000が特に好ましい。
樹脂(A)の分散度(分子量分布)は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1~2が更に好ましい。 Resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight of resin (A) is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, even more preferably 3,000 to 40,000, and particularly preferably 4,000 to 30,000.
The dispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (A) is preferably 1-5, more preferably 1-3, even more preferably 1-2.
樹脂(A)は、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上であることが好ましく、0.005nm/s以上であることがより好ましく、0.01nm/s以上であることが更に好ましい。上記溶解速度の上限は、100nm/s以下であることが好ましい。
樹脂(A)は、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上であることで、現像性に優れ、LWR性能が更に良化するため好ましい。
樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度は、繰り返し単位(a1)、繰り返し単位(a2)及び繰り返し単位(a3)の含有比率、分子量などにより調整することができる。 The resin (A) preferably has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more, more preferably 0.005 nm/s or more, and even more preferably 0.01 nm/s or more for a film of the resin (A) alone in an alkaline developer. The upper limit of the dissolution rate is preferably 100 nm/s or less.
The resin (A) preferably has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more for a film of the resin alone in an alkaline developer, so that the developability is excellent and the LWR performance is further improved.
The rate of dissolution of the resin-only film in an alkaline developer can be adjusted by the content ratio of the repeating unit (a1), the repeating unit (a2), and the repeating unit (a3), the molecular weight, and the like.
樹脂(A)は、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上であることで、現像性に優れ、LWR性能が更に良化するため好ましい。
樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度は、繰り返し単位(a1)、繰り返し単位(a2)及び繰り返し単位(a3)の含有比率、分子量などにより調整することができる。 The resin (A) preferably has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more, more preferably 0.005 nm/s or more, and even more preferably 0.01 nm/s or more for a film of the resin (A) alone in an alkaline developer. The upper limit of the dissolution rate is preferably 100 nm/s or less.
The resin (A) preferably has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more for a film of the resin alone in an alkaline developer, so that the developability is excellent and the LWR performance is further improved.
The rate of dissolution of the resin-only film in an alkaline developer can be adjusted by the content ratio of the repeating unit (a1), the repeating unit (a2), and the repeating unit (a3), the molecular weight, and the like.
樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度の求め方を以下に示す。
樹脂を、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(質量比8/2)の混合溶媒に溶解させ、3質量%の濃度に調製する。調製した樹脂溶液を予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmの樹脂膜を得る。リソテックジャパン製レジスト現像アナライザー(RDA-790EB)を用いて、この樹脂膜を23℃のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(2.38質量%)へ浸漬した際の膜厚減少速度を算出する。このようにして、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度を算出する。 A method for determining the dissolution rate of a film of resin alone in an alkaline developer will be described below.
The resin is dissolved in a mixed solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether (mass ratio 8/2) to prepare a concentration of 3% by mass. The prepared resin solution is coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resin film with a film thickness of 100 nm. Using a resist development analyzer (RDA-790EB) manufactured by Litho Tech Japan, the film thickness reduction rate when this resin film is immersed in an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (2.38% by mass) at 23° C. is calculated. In this manner, the dissolution rate of the resin-only film in the alkaline developer is calculated.
樹脂を、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(質量比8/2)の混合溶媒に溶解させ、3質量%の濃度に調製する。調製した樹脂溶液を予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmの樹脂膜を得る。リソテックジャパン製レジスト現像アナライザー(RDA-790EB)を用いて、この樹脂膜を23℃のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(2.38質量%)へ浸漬した際の膜厚減少速度を算出する。このようにして、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度を算出する。 A method for determining the dissolution rate of a film of resin alone in an alkaline developer will be described below.
The resin is dissolved in a mixed solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether (mass ratio 8/2) to prepare a concentration of 3% by mass. The prepared resin solution is coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resin film with a film thickness of 100 nm. Using a resist development analyzer (RDA-790EB) manufactured by Litho Tech Japan, the film thickness reduction rate when this resin film is immersed in an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (2.38% by mass) at 23° C. is calculated. In this manner, the dissolution rate of the resin-only film in the alkaline developer is calculated.
本発明の組成物中の樹脂(A)の含有量は、特に限定されないが、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~40.0質量%が好ましく、1.0~30.0質量%がより好ましく、5.0~20.0質量%が更に好ましい。
本発明の組成物に含まれる樹脂(A)は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。 The content of the resin (A) in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 40.0% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, and still more preferably 5.0 to 20.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The resin (A) contained in the composition of the present invention may be one kind, or two or more kinds.
本発明の組成物に含まれる樹脂(A)は1種でもよいし、2種以上でもよい。 The content of the resin (A) in the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.1 to 40.0% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 30.0% by mass, and still more preferably 5.0 to 20.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The resin (A) contained in the composition of the present invention may be one kind, or two or more kinds.
[(B)成分]
本発明の組成物に含まれる(B)成分は、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)とを含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂である。
(B)成分を、「樹脂(B)」ともいう。 [(B) component]
The component (B) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity, and does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
The component (B) is also referred to as "resin (B)".
本発明の組成物に含まれる(B)成分は、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)とを含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂である。
(B)成分を、「樹脂(B)」ともいう。 [(B) component]
The component (B) contained in the composition of the present invention is a resin containing a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group and a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity, and does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
The component (B) is also referred to as "resin (B)".
(繰り返し単位(b1))
繰り返し単位(b1)は、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位である。
繰り返し単位(b1)は、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素環にヒドロキシ基が結合した構造を有していることが好ましい。
繰り返し単位(b1)は、下記一般式(b1-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 (Repeating unit (b1))
The repeating unit (b1) is a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
The repeating unit (b1) preferably has a structure in which a hydroxy group is bonded to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
The repeating unit (b1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (b1-1).
繰り返し単位(b1)は、フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位である。
繰り返し単位(b1)は、炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素環にヒドロキシ基が結合した構造を有していることが好ましい。
繰り返し単位(b1)は、下記一般式(b1-1)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 (Repeating unit (b1))
The repeating unit (b1) is a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group.
The repeating unit (b1) preferably has a structure in which a hydroxy group is bonded to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
The repeating unit (b1) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (b1-1).
一般式(b1-1)中、Aa1は水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、又はシアノ基を表す。R21は、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、又はアリールオキシカルボニル基を表し、複数ある場合には同じであっても異なっていてもよい。複数のR21を有する場合には、互いに共同して環を形成していてもよい。R21としては水素原子が好ましい。aは1~3の整数を表す。bは0~(5-a)の整数を表す。
In general formula (b1-1), A a1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, or a cyano group. R 21 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyloxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group, and when there are more than one, they may be the same or different. When it has a plurality of R 21 , they may jointly form a ring. A hydrogen atom is preferred as R 21 . a represents an integer of 1 to 3; b represents an integer from 0 to (5-a).
繰り返し単位(b1)の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されない。式中、aは1~3の整数を表す。
Specific examples of the repeating unit (b1) are shown below, but are not limited to these. In the formula, a represents an integer of 1-3.
繰り返し単位(b1)としては、以下に示す繰り返し単位が特に好ましい。式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、aは1~3の整数を表す。
As the repeating unit (b1), the following repeating units are particularly preferred. In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a represents an integer of 1-3.
繰り返し単位(b1)の含有量は、特に限定されないが、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、繰り返し単位(b1)の含有量は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以下が好ましく、85モル%以下がより好ましく、80モル%以下が更に好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit (b1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and still more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units in the resin (B). Moreover, the content of the repeating unit (b1) is preferably 90 mol % or less, more preferably 85 mol % or less, and still more preferably 80 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B).
(繰り返し単位(b2))
繰り返し単位(b2)は、酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基(「酸分解性基」ともいう。)を有する繰り返し単位である。繰り返し単位(b2)を、「酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位」ともいう。
樹脂(B)は、酸分解性樹脂であり、本発明のパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
繰り返し単位(b2)としては、後述する酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位以外に、不飽和結合を含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が好ましい。 (Repeating unit (b2))
The repeating unit (b2) is a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and increases in polarity (also referred to as an "acid-decomposable group"). The repeating unit (b2) is also referred to as "a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group".
The resin (B) is an acid-decomposable resin, and in the pattern forming method of the present invention, typically, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
As the repeating unit (b2), a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond is preferable in addition to the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group described below.
繰り返し単位(b2)は、酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基(「酸分解性基」ともいう。)を有する繰り返し単位である。繰り返し単位(b2)を、「酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位」ともいう。
樹脂(B)は、酸分解性樹脂であり、本発明のパターン形成方法において、典型的には、現像液としてアルカリ現像液を採用した場合には、ポジ型パターンが好適に形成され、現像液として有機系現像液を採用した場合には、ネガ型パターンが好適に形成される。
繰り返し単位(b2)としては、後述する酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位以外に、不飽和結合を含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が好ましい。 (Repeating unit (b2))
The repeating unit (b2) is a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid and increases in polarity (also referred to as an "acid-decomposable group"). The repeating unit (b2) is also referred to as "a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group".
The resin (B) is an acid-decomposable resin, and in the pattern forming method of the present invention, typically, when an alkaline developer is used as the developer, a positive pattern is preferably formed, and when an organic developer is used as the developer, a negative pattern is preferably formed.
As the repeating unit (b2), a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond is preferable in addition to the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group described below.
酸分解性基とは、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基をいう。酸分解性基は、酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で極性基が保護された構造を有することが好ましい。つまり、樹脂(B)は、酸の作用により分解し、極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する。この繰り返し単位を有する樹脂は、酸の作用により極性が増大してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大し、有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する。
極性基としては、アルカリ可溶性基が好ましく、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基、並びに、アルコール性水酸基が挙げられる。
なかでも、極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、又は、スルホン酸基が好ましい。 An acid-decomposable group is a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form a polar group. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected with a group that is released by the action of an acid (leaving group). That is, the resin (B) has a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form a polar group. A resin having this repeating unit has an increased polarity under the action of an acid, thereby increasing the solubility in an alkaline developer and decreasing the solubility in an organic solvent.
The polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, such as a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, a tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, and a tris( Examples include acidic groups such as alkylsulfonyl)methylene groups, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
Among them, the polar group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group.
極性基としては、アルカリ可溶性基が好ましく、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基、並びに、アルコール性水酸基が挙げられる。
なかでも、極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、又は、スルホン酸基が好ましい。 An acid-decomposable group is a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form a polar group. The acid-decomposable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected with a group that is released by the action of an acid (leaving group). That is, the resin (B) has a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to form a polar group. A resin having this repeating unit has an increased polarity under the action of an acid, thereby increasing the solubility in an alkaline developer and decreasing the solubility in an organic solvent.
The polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, such as a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, an (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, a bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, a tris(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, and a tris( Examples include acidic groups such as alkylsulfonyl)methylene groups, and alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
Among them, the polar group is preferably a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group.
酸の作用により脱離する基としては、例えば、式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。
式(Y1):-C(Rx1)(Rx2)(Rx3)
式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx1)(Rx2)(Rx3)
式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38)
式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar) Examples of groups that leave by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y3): —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
式(Y1):-C(Rx1)(Rx2)(Rx3)
式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx1)(Rx2)(Rx3)
式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38)
式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar) Examples of groups that leave by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y3): —C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
式(Y1)及び式(Y2)中、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状又は分岐鎖状)、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環)、アルケニル基(直鎖状又は分岐鎖状)、又は、アリール基(単環又は多環)を表す。なお、Rx1~Rx3の全てがアルキル基(直鎖状又は分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx1~Rx3のうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
なかでも、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して、単環又は多環を形成してもよい。
Rx1~Rx3のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びに、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3のアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及び、アントリル基が挙げられる。
Rx1~Rx3のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、又は、ビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
式(Y1)又は式(Y2)で表される基は、例えば、Rx1がメチル基又はエチル基であり、Rx2とRx3とが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、Rx1~Rx3で表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、及び、Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成される環は、更に、置換基として、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していることも好ましい。 In formula (Y1) and formula (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (linear or branched), or an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). When all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.
Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
Preferred alkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group.
Preferred cycloalkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl.
The aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
A vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 .
The ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group, more preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
In the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
In the group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2), for example, it is preferable that Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 combine to form the above-described cycloalkyl group.
When the composition of the present invention is, for example, a resist composition for EUV exposure, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 and the ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
なかでも、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して、単環又は多環を形成してもよい。
Rx1~Rx3のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びに、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3のアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及び、アントリル基が挙げられる。
Rx1~Rx3のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、又は、ビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
式(Y1)又は式(Y2)で表される基は、例えば、Rx1がメチル基又はエチル基であり、Rx2とRx3とが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、Rx1~Rx3で表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、及び、Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成される環は、更に、置換基として、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していることも好ましい。 In formula (Y1) and formula (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (linear or branched), or an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). When all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.
Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
Preferred alkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group.
Preferred cycloalkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl.
The aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
A vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 .
The ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, or an adamantyl group, more preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms.
In the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
In the group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2), for example, it is preferable that Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 combine to form the above-described cycloalkyl group.
When the composition of the present invention is, for example, a resist composition for EUV exposure, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 and the ring formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
式(Y3)中、R36~R38は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基が挙げられる。R36は水素原子であることも好ましい。
なお、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基には、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基が含まれていてもよい。例えば、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基において、メチレン基の1つ以上が、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基で置き換わっていてもよい。
R38は、繰り返し単位の主鎖が有する別の置換基と互いに結合して、環を形成してもよい。R38と繰り返し単位の主鎖が有する別の置換基とが互いに結合して形成する基は、メチレン基等のアルキレン基が好ましい。
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、R36~R38で表される1価の有機基、及び、R37とR38とが互いに結合して形成される環は、更に、置換基として、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していることも好ましい。 In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring. Monovalent organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferred that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group. For example, in the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group, one or more methylene groups may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
R 38 may combine with another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring. The group formed by bonding R 38 and another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to each other is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
When the composition of the present invention is, for example, a resist composition for EUV exposure, the monovalent organic groups represented by R 36 to R 38 and the ring formed by combining R 37 and R 38 with each other preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
なお、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基には、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基が含まれていてもよい。例えば、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基において、メチレン基の1つ以上が、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基で置き換わっていてもよい。
R38は、繰り返し単位の主鎖が有する別の置換基と互いに結合して、環を形成してもよい。R38と繰り返し単位の主鎖が有する別の置換基とが互いに結合して形成する基は、メチレン基等のアルキレン基が好ましい。
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、R36~R38で表される1価の有機基、及び、R37とR38とが互いに結合して形成される環は、更に、置換基として、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していることも好ましい。 In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may combine with each other to form a ring. Monovalent organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferred that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group. For example, in the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group, one or more methylene groups may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom and/or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
R 38 may combine with another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to form a ring. The group formed by bonding R 38 and another substituent of the main chain of the repeating unit to each other is preferably an alkylene group such as a methylene group.
When the composition of the present invention is, for example, a resist composition for EUV exposure, the monovalent organic groups represented by R 36 to R 38 and the ring formed by combining R 37 and R 38 with each other preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
式(Y3)としては、下記式(Y3-1)で表される基が好ましい。
As the formula (Y3), a group represented by the following formula (Y3-1) is preferable.
ここで、L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又は、これらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Qは、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルデヒド基、又は、これらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とシクロアルキル基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
アルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基で置き換わっていてもよい。
なお、L1及びL2のうち一方は水素原子であり、他方はアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又は、アルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。
Q、M、及びL1の少なくとも2つが結合して環(好ましくは、5員若しくは6員環)を形成してもよい。
パターンの微細化の点では、L2が2級又は3級アルキル基であることが好ましく、3級アルキル基であることがより好ましい。2級アルキル基としては、イソプロピル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、ノルボルニル基が挙げられ、3級アルキル基としては、tert-ブチル基、及び、アダマンタン基が挙げられる。これらの態様では、Tg(ガラス転移温度)及び活性化エネルギーが高くなるため、膜強度の担保に加え、かぶりの抑制ができる。 Here, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and an aryl group).
M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q represents an alkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, a cycloalkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an aryl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, or a group combining these (e.g., a group combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group).
In alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups, for example, one of the methylene groups may be replaced by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a heteroatom-containing group such as a carbonyl group.
One of L 1 and L 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and the other is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group.
At least two of Q, M, and L1 may combine to form a ring (preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring).
From the viewpoint of pattern refinement, L2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, more preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Secondary alkyl groups include isopropyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups, and tertiary alkyl groups include tert-butyl and adamantane groups. In these embodiments, the Tg (glass transition temperature) and the activation energy are increased, so that the film strength can be ensured and fogging can be suppressed.
Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
Qは、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルデヒド基、又は、これらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とシクロアルキル基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
アルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基で置き換わっていてもよい。
なお、L1及びL2のうち一方は水素原子であり、他方はアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又は、アルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。
Q、M、及びL1の少なくとも2つが結合して環(好ましくは、5員若しくは6員環)を形成してもよい。
パターンの微細化の点では、L2が2級又は3級アルキル基であることが好ましく、3級アルキル基であることがより好ましい。2級アルキル基としては、イソプロピル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、ノルボルニル基が挙げられ、3級アルキル基としては、tert-ブチル基、及び、アダマンタン基が挙げられる。これらの態様では、Tg(ガラス転移温度)及び活性化エネルギーが高くなるため、膜強度の担保に加え、かぶりの抑制ができる。 Here, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and an aryl group).
M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q represents an alkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, a cycloalkyl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an aryl group optionally containing a heteroatom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, or a group combining these (e.g., a group combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group).
In alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups, for example, one of the methylene groups may be replaced by a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a heteroatom-containing group such as a carbonyl group.
One of L 1 and L 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and the other is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group.
At least two of Q, M, and L1 may combine to form a ring (preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring).
From the viewpoint of pattern refinement, L2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, more preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Secondary alkyl groups include isopropyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups, and tertiary alkyl groups include tert-butyl and adamantane groups. In these embodiments, the Tg (glass transition temperature) and the activation energy are increased, so that the film strength can be ensured and fogging can be suppressed.
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、L1及びL2で表される、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基は、更に、置換基として、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していることも好ましい。上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基には、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子以外に、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子が含まれていることも好ましい。具体的には、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基で置き換わっていてもよい。
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、Qで表されるヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルデヒド基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基において、ヘテロ原子としては、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子及び酸素原子からなる群から選択されるヘテロ原子であることも好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is, for example, a resist composition for EUV exposure, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and group combining these represented by L 1 and L 2 preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent. The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group preferably contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom in addition to the fluorine atom and the iodine atom. Specifically, in the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group, for example, one of the methylene groups may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
For example, when the composition of the present invention is a resist composition for EUV exposure, the heteroatom is preferably a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, an iodine atom and an oxygen atom in the alkyl group represented by Q which may contain a heteroatom, the cycloalkyl group which may contain a heteroatom, the aryl group which may contain a heteroatom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, and a group combining these.
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、Qで表されるヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルデヒド基、及び、これらを組み合わせた基において、ヘテロ原子としては、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子及び酸素原子からなる群から選択されるヘテロ原子であることも好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention is, for example, a resist composition for EUV exposure, the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and group combining these represented by L 1 and L 2 preferably further have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent. The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group preferably contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom in addition to the fluorine atom and the iodine atom. Specifically, in the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group, for example, one of the methylene groups may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, or a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group.
For example, when the composition of the present invention is a resist composition for EUV exposure, the heteroatom is preferably a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of a fluorine atom, an iodine atom and an oxygen atom in the alkyl group represented by Q which may contain a heteroatom, the cycloalkyl group which may contain a heteroatom, the aryl group which may contain a heteroatom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde group, and a group combining these.
式(Y4)中、Arは、芳香環基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、アリール基を表す。RnとArとは互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成してもよい。Arとしては、アリール基が好ましい。
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、Arで表される芳香環基、並びに、Rnで表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アリール基は、置換基としてフッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していることも好ましい。 In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is preferably an aryl group.
When the composition of the present invention is, for example, a resist composition for EUV exposure, the aromatic ring group represented by Ar and the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group represented by Rn preferably have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
本発明の組成物が、例えば、EUV露光用レジスト組成物である場合、Arで表される芳香環基、並びに、Rnで表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アリール基は、置換基としてフッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していることも好ましい。 In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may combine with each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is preferably an aryl group.
When the composition of the present invention is, for example, a resist composition for EUV exposure, the aromatic ring group represented by Ar and the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group represented by Rn preferably have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom as a substituent.
繰り返し単位の酸分解性が優れる点から、極性基を保護する脱離基において、極性基(又はその残基)に非芳香族環が直接結合している場合、上記非芳香族環中の、上記極性基(又はその残基)と直接結合している環員原子に隣接する環員原子は、置換基としてフッ素原子等のハロゲン原子を有さないことも好ましい。
From the viewpoint of excellent acid decomposability of the repeating unit, when a non-aromatic ring is directly bonded to the polar group (or its residue) in the leaving group that protects the polar group, the ring member atom adjacent to the ring member atom directly bonded to the polar group (or its residue) in the non-aromatic ring preferably does not have a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom as a substituent.
酸の作用により脱離する基は、他にも、3-メチル-2-シクロペンテニル基のような置換基(アルキル基等)を有する2-シクロペンテニル基、及び、1,1,4,4-テトラメチルシクロヘキシル基のような置換基(アルキル基等)を有するシクロヘキシル基でもよい。
The group that is eliminated by the action of an acid may also be a 2-cyclopentenyl group having a substituent (such as an alkyl group) such as a 3-methyl-2-cyclopentenyl group, and a cyclohexyl group having a substituent (such as an alkyl group) such as a 1,1,4,4-tetramethylcyclohexyl group.
酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(A)で表される繰り返し単位も好ましい。
As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit represented by formula (A) is also preferable.
L1は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい2価の連結基を表し、R1は水素原子、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアリール基を表し、R2は酸の作用によって脱離し、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい脱離基を表す。ただし、L1、R1、及びR2のうち少なくとも1つは、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する。
L1で表される、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい2価の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2-、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基(例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、及び、アリーレン基等)、及び、これらの複数が連結した連結基が挙げられる。なかでも、L1としては、-CO-、アリーレン基、又は、-アリーレン基-フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有するアルキレン基-が好ましく、-CO-、又は、-アリーレン基-フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有するアルキレン基-がより好ましい。
アリーレン基としては、フェニレン基が好ましい。
アルキレン基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルキレン基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有するアルキレン基に含まれるフッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の合計数は特に制限されないが、2以上が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、3~6が更に好ましい。 L 1 represents a divalent linking group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom; R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom ; However, at least one of L 1 , R 1 and R 2 has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
The divalent linking group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom represented by L 1 includes -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO -, a hydrocarbon group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom (e.g., an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, etc.), and a linking group in which a plurality of these are linked. Among them, L 1 is preferably -CO-, an arylene group, or an -arylene group-an alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom-, and more preferably -CO- or an -arylene group-an alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom-.
A phenylene group is preferred as the arylene group.
Alkylene groups may be linear or branched. Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3.
The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkylene group having fluorine atoms or iodine atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 3 to 6.
L1で表される、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい2価の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2-、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい炭化水素基(例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、及び、アリーレン基等)、及び、これらの複数が連結した連結基が挙げられる。なかでも、L1としては、-CO-、アリーレン基、又は、-アリーレン基-フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有するアルキレン基-が好ましく、-CO-、又は、-アリーレン基-フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有するアルキレン基-がより好ましい。
アリーレン基としては、フェニレン基が好ましい。
アルキレン基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルキレン基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有するアルキレン基に含まれるフッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の合計数は特に制限されないが、2以上が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、3~6が更に好ましい。 L 1 represents a divalent linking group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom; R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, an alkyl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or an aryl group which may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom ; However, at least one of L 1 , R 1 and R 2 has a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
The divalent linking group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom represented by L 1 includes -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO -, a hydrocarbon group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom (e.g., an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, etc.), and a linking group in which a plurality of these are linked. Among them, L 1 is preferably -CO-, an arylene group, or an -arylene group-an alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom-, and more preferably -CO- or an -arylene group-an alkylene group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom-.
A phenylene group is preferred as the arylene group.
Alkylene groups may be linear or branched. Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3.
The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkylene group having fluorine atoms or iodine atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 2 to 10, and even more preferably 3 to 6.
R1で表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
R1で表される、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有するアルキル基に含まれる、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の合計数は特に制限されないが、1以上が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
R1で表されるアルキル基は、ハロゲン原子以外の酸素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 may be linear or branched. Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3.
The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkyl group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
The alkyl group represented by R 1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom other than the halogen atom.
R1で表される、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有するアルキル基に含まれる、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の合計数は特に制限されないが、1以上が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
R1で表されるアルキル基は、ハロゲン原子以外の酸素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 may be linear or branched. Although the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-3.
The total number of fluorine atoms and iodine atoms contained in the alkyl group having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom represented by R 1 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 to 5, and still more preferably 1 to 3.
The alkyl group represented by R 1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom other than the halogen atom.
R2で表される、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい脱離基としては、上述した式(Y1)~(Y4)で表され、かつ、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する脱離基が挙げられる。
The leaving group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, represented by R 2 , includes leaving groups represented by the above formulas (Y1) to (Y4) and having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位も好ましい。
As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit represented by formula (AI) is also preferable.
式(AI)において、Xa1は、水素原子、又は、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。Tは、単結合、又は、2価の連結基を表す。Rx1~Rx3は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状又は分岐鎖状)、シクロアルキル基(単環又は多環)、アルケニル基(直鎖状又は分岐鎖状)、又は、アリール基(単環又は多環)を表す。ただし、Rx1~Rx3の全てがアルキル基(直鎖状、又は分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx1~Rx3のうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して、単環又は多環(単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基等)を形成してもよい。 In formula (AI), Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group. T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (linear or branched), or an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (such as a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group).
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して、単環又は多環(単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基等)を形成してもよい。 In formula (AI), Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group. T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (linear or branched), or an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably methyl groups.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (such as a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group).
Xa1により表される、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基又は-CH2-R11で表される基が挙げられる。R11は、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子等)、水酸基、又は、1価の有機基を表す。R11で表される1価の有機基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子が置換していてもよい炭素数5以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子が置換していてもよい炭素数5以下のアシル基、及び、ハロゲン原子が置換していてもよい炭素数5以下のアルコキシ基が挙げられ、炭素数3以下のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。Xa1としては、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又は、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。
Examples of the optionally substituted alkyl group represented by Xa 1 include a methyl group and a group represented by -CH 2 -R 11 . R 11 represents a halogen atom (such as a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the monovalent organic group represented by R 11 include an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group having 5 or less carbon atoms which may be substituted with a halogen atom, preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group. Xa 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、芳香環基、-COO-Rt-基、及び、-O-Rt-基が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、又は、シクロアルキレン基を表す。
Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましい。Tが-COO-Rt-基を表す場合、Rtとしては、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH2-基、-(CH2)2-基、又は、-(CH2)3-基がより好ましい。 The divalent linking group for T includes an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, a --COO--Rt-- group, and a --O--Rt-- group. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
T is preferably a single bond or a -COO-Rt- group. When T represents a -COO-Rt- group, Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a -CH 2 - group, a -(CH 2 ) 2 - group, or a -(CH 2 ) 3 - group.
Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましい。Tが-COO-Rt-基を表す場合、Rtとしては、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH2-基、-(CH2)2-基、又は、-(CH2)3-基がより好ましい。 The divalent linking group for T includes an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, a --COO--Rt-- group, and a --O--Rt-- group. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
T is preferably a single bond or a -COO-Rt- group. When T represents a -COO-Rt- group, Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a -CH 2 - group, a -(CH 2 ) 2 - group, or a -(CH 2 ) 3 - group.
Rx1~Rx3のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3のアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及び、アントリル基が挙げられる。
Rx1~Rx3のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。また、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基も好ましい。なかでも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、又は、ビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位は、例えば、Rx1がメチル基又はエチル基であり、Rx2とRx3とが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。 Preferred alkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and t-butyl.
The cycloalkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group.
The aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
A vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 .
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are also preferred. Among them, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred.
In the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
In the repeating unit represented by formula (AI), for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably combined to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
Rx1~Rx3のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3のアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及び、アントリル基が挙げられる。
Rx1~Rx3のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。また、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基も好ましい。なかでも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
Rx1~Rx3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、又は、ビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位は、例えば、Rx1がメチル基又はエチル基であり、Rx2とRx3とが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。 Preferred alkyl groups for Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and t-butyl.
The cycloalkyl groups of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group.
The aryl group represented by Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
A vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 .
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group. Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are also preferred. Among them, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups having 5 to 6 carbon atoms are preferred.
In the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a group containing a heteroatom such as a carbonyl group, or a vinylidene group. In these cycloalkyl groups, one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
In the repeating unit represented by formula (AI), for example, Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are preferably combined to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
上記各基が置換基を有する場合、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、及び、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)が挙げられる。置換基中の炭素数は、8以下が好ましい。
When each of the above groups has a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms). The number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位としては、酸分解性(メタ)アクリル酸3級アルキルエステル系繰り返し単位(Xa1が水素原子又はメチル基を表し、かつ、Tが単結合を表す繰り返し単位)が好ましい。
As the repeating unit represented by formula (AI), an acid-decomposable (meth)acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester-based repeating unit (a repeating unit in which Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group and T represents a single bond) is preferred.
酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、これに限定されない。なお、式中、Xa1及びRxは、水素原子又は置換基(好ましくは、炭素数1~6の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、CF3、F、又はCH2OH)を表す。Rxa及びRxbは、それぞれ独立に、置換基(好ましくは、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状の置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状の置換基を有してもよいアルケニル基、炭素数1~12の直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状の置換基を有してもよいアルキニル基、炭素数1~12の置換基を有してもよいアリール基、又は炭素数1~12の置換基を有してもよいヘテロアリール基)を表す。Zは置換基を表す。pは0以上の整数を表す。
Specific examples of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group are shown below, but are not limited thereto. In the formula, Xa 1 and Rx represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent (preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, CF 3 , F, or CH 2 OH). Rxa and Rxb are each independently a substituent (preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally having a linear or branched substituent, an alkenyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally having a linear or branched substituent, an alkynyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, optionally having a linear or branched substituent, an aryl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituent having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. represents a heteroaryl group optionally having Z represents a substituent. p represents an integer of 0 or more.
樹脂(B)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位として、不飽和結合を含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
不飽和結合を含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(B)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond, a repeating unit represented by formula (B) is preferable.
不飽和結合を含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(B)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group.
As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond, a repeating unit represented by formula (B) is preferable.
式(B)において、Xbは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。Lは、単結合、又は、置換基を有してもよい2価の連結基を表す。Ry1~Ry3は、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、単環状若しくは多環状のシクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又は、単環若しくは多環のアリール基を表す。ただし、Ry1~Ry3のうち少なくとも1つはアルケニル基、アルキニル基、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルケニル基、又は、単環若しくは多環のアリール基を表す。
Ry1~Ry3の2つが結合して、単環又は多環(単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基、シクロアルケニル基等)を形成してもよい。 In formula (B), Xb represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group. L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group which may have a substituent. Ry 1 to Ry 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group. However, at least one of Ry 1 to Ry 3 represents an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkenyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group.
Two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, cycloalkenyl group, etc.).
Ry1~Ry3の2つが結合して、単環又は多環(単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基、シクロアルケニル基等)を形成してもよい。 In formula (B), Xb represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted alkyl group. L represents a single bond or a divalent linking group which may have a substituent. Ry 1 to Ry 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group. However, at least one of Ry 1 to Ry 3 represents an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkenyl group, or a monocyclic or polycyclic aryl group.
Two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 may combine to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring (a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, cycloalkenyl group, etc.).
Xbにより表される、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基又は-CH2-R11で表される基が挙げられる。R11は、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子等)、水酸基、又は、1価の有機基を表し、例えば、ハロゲン原子が置換していてもよい炭素数5以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子が置換していてもよい炭素数5以下のアシル基、及び、ハロゲン原子が置換していてもよい炭素数5以下のアルコキシ基が挙げられ、炭素数3以下のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。Xbとしては、水素原子、フッ素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又は、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。
The optionally substituted alkyl group represented by Xb includes, for example, a methyl group and a group represented by —CH 2 —R 11 . R 11 represents a halogen atom (such as a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group, for example, an alkyl group optionally substituted by a halogen atom having 5 or less carbon atoms, an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms optionally substituted by a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group having 5 or less carbon atoms optionally substituted by a halogen atom, preferably an alkyl group having 3 or less carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group. Xb is preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
Lの2価の連結基としては、-Rt-基、-CO-基、-COO-Rt-基、-COO-Rt-CO-基、-Rt-CO-基、及び、-O-Rt-基が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又は、芳香環基を表し、芳香環基が好ましい。
Lとしては、-Rt-基、-CO-基、-COO-Rt-CO-基、又は、-Rt-CO-基が好ましい。Rtは、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基等の置換基を有していてもよい。 The divalent linking group of L includes -Rt- group, -CO- group, -COO-Rt- group, -COO-Rt-CO- group, -Rt-CO- group and -O-Rt- group. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an aromatic ring group, preferably an aromatic ring group.
L is preferably -Rt-, -CO-, -COO-Rt-CO- or -Rt-CO-. Rt may have substituents such as halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and alkoxy groups.
Lとしては、-Rt-基、-CO-基、-COO-Rt-CO-基、又は、-Rt-CO-基が好ましい。Rtは、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基等の置換基を有していてもよい。 The divalent linking group of L includes -Rt- group, -CO- group, -COO-Rt- group, -COO-Rt-CO- group, -Rt-CO- group and -O-Rt- group. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or an aromatic ring group, preferably an aromatic ring group.
L is preferably -Rt-, -CO-, -COO-Rt-CO- or -Rt-CO-. Rt may have substituents such as halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and alkoxy groups.
Ry1~Ry3のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3のアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及び、アントリル基が挙げられる。
Ry1~Ry3のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3のアルキニル基としては、エチニル基が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3のシクロアルケニル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基の一部に二重結合を含む構造が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。なかでも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基、又は、シクロアルケニル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基、-SO2-基及び-SO3-基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、ビニリデン基、又は、それらの組み合わせで置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基又はシクロアルケニル基は、シクロアルカン環又はシクロアルケン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
式(B)で表される繰り返し単位は、例えば、Ry1がメチル基、エチル基、ビニル基、アリル基、又は、アリール基であり、Ry2とRy3とが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基又はシクロアルケニル基を形成している態様が好ましい。 The alkyl groups of Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group.
The cycloalkyl groups represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group.
The aryl group represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
A vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Ry 1 to Ry 3 .
An ethynyl group is preferred as the alkynyl group for Ry 1 to Ry 3 .
Cycloalkenyl groups represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl groups and cyclohexyl groups, which partially contain a double bond.
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. Among them, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
In the cycloalkyl group or cycloalkenyl group formed by combining two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, a heteroatom-containing group such as —SO 2 — and —SO 3 —, a vinylidene group, or a combination thereof. In these cycloalkyl groups or cycloalkenyl groups, one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring or cycloalkene ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
In the repeating unit represented by formula (B), for example, Ry 1 is a methyl group, ethyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, or aryl group, and Ry 2 and Ry 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group or cycloalkenyl group.
Ry1~Ry3のシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3のアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及び、アントリル基が挙げられる。
Ry1~Ry3のアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3のアルキニル基としては、エチニル基が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3のシクロアルケニル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基の一部に二重結合を含む構造が好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。なかでも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
Ry1~Ry3の2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基、又は、シクロアルケニル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基、-SO2-基及び-SO3-基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、ビニリデン基、又は、それらの組み合わせで置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基又はシクロアルケニル基は、シクロアルカン環又はシクロアルケン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
式(B)で表される繰り返し単位は、例えば、Ry1がメチル基、エチル基、ビニル基、アリル基、又は、アリール基であり、Ry2とRy3とが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基又はシクロアルケニル基を形成している態様が好ましい。 The alkyl groups of Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group.
The cycloalkyl groups represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, or polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group and adamantyl group.
The aryl group represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group.
A vinyl group is preferable as the alkenyl group for Ry 1 to Ry 3 .
An ethynyl group is preferred as the alkynyl group for Ry 1 to Ry 3 .
Cycloalkenyl groups represented by Ry 1 to Ry 3 are preferably monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl groups and cyclohexyl groups, which partially contain a double bond.
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 is preferably a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. Among them, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
In the cycloalkyl group or cycloalkenyl group formed by combining two of Ry 1 to Ry 3 , for example, one of the methylene groups constituting the ring may be replaced with a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, a heteroatom-containing group such as —SO 2 — and —SO 3 —, a vinylidene group, or a combination thereof. In these cycloalkyl groups or cycloalkenyl groups, one or more ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring or cycloalkene ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
In the repeating unit represented by formula (B), for example, Ry 1 is a methyl group, ethyl group, vinyl group, allyl group, or aryl group, and Ry 2 and Ry 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group or cycloalkenyl group.
上記各基が置換基を有する場合、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、及び、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)が挙げられる。置換基中の炭素数は、8以下が好ましい。
When each of the above groups has a substituent, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms). The number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
式(B)で表される繰り返し単位としては、好ましくは、酸分解性(メタ)アクリル酸3級エステル系繰り返し単位(Xbが水素原子又はメチル基を表し、かつ、Lが-CO-基を表す繰り返し単位)、酸分解性ヒドロキシスチレン3級アルキルエーテル系繰り返し単位(Xbが水素原子又はメチル基を表し、かつ、Lがフェニル基を表す繰り返し単位)、酸分解性スチレンカルボン酸3級エステル系繰り返し単位(Xbが水素原子又はメチル基を表し、かつ、Lが-Rt-CO-基(Rtは芳香族基)を表す繰り返し単位)である。
The repeating unit represented by formula (B) preferably includes an acid-decomposable (meth)acrylic acid tertiary ester-based repeating unit (Xb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L represents a -CO- group), an acid-decomposable hydroxystyrene tertiary alkyl ether-based repeating unit (Xb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L represents a phenyl group), and an acid-decomposable styrene carboxylic acid tertiary ester-based repeating unit (Xb represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and L represents - It is a repeating unit representing an Rt--CO-- group (Rt is an aromatic group).
不飽和結合を含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、15モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、80モル%以下が好ましく、70モル%以下がより好ましく、60モル%以下が更に好ましい。
The content of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and still more preferably 30 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B). Moreover, the upper limit thereof is preferably 80 mol % or less, more preferably 70 mol % or less, and even more preferably 60 mol % or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
不飽和結合を含む酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、これに限定されない。なお、式中、Xb及びL1は上記記載の置換基、連結基のいずれかを表し、Arは芳香族基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR’’’又は-COOR’’’、R’’’は炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又は、カルボキシル基等の置換基を表し、R’は直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、単環状若しくは多環状のシクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又は、単環若しくは多環のアリール基を表し、Qは酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基、-SO2-基及び-SO3-基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、ビニリデン基、又はそれらの組み合わせを表し、n、m及びlは0以上の整数を表す。
Specific examples of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group containing an unsaturated bond are shown below, but are not limited thereto.なお、式中、Xb及びL 1は上記記載の置換基、連結基のいずれかを表し、Arは芳香族基を表し、Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR'''又は-COOR'''、R'''は炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又は、カルボキシル基等の置換基を表し、R'は直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキル基、単環状若しくは多環状のシクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、又は、単環若しくは多環のアリール基を表し、Qは酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基、-SO 2 -基及び-SO 3 -基等のヘテロ原子を含む基、ビニリデン基、又はそれらの組み合わせを表し、n、m及びlは0以上の整数を表す。
酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(繰り返し単位(b2))の含有量は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、15モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましく、70モル%以下が更に好ましく、60モル%以下が特に好ましい。
The content of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group (repeating units (b2)) is preferably 15 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B). The upper limit is preferably 90 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, still more preferably 70 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
樹脂(B)は、繰り返し単位(b1)及び繰り返し単位(b2)に加え、その他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
ただし、樹脂(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない。 The resin (B) may contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating units (b1) and (b2).
However, the resin (B) does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
ただし、樹脂(B)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない。 The resin (B) may contain other repeating units in addition to the repeating units (b1) and (b2).
However, the resin (B) does not contain a repeating unit that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
樹脂(B)は、以下のA群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位、及び/又は、以下のB群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
A群:以下の(20)~(24)の繰り返し単位からなる群。
(20)後述する、酸基を有する繰り返し単位
(21)後述する、酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位
(22)後述する、ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位
(23)後述する、式(V-1)又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位
(24)主鎖の運動性を低下させるための繰り返し単位
なお、後述する、式(A)~式(E)で表される繰り返し単位は、(24)主鎖の運動性を低下させるための繰り返し単位に相当する。
B群:以下の(30)~(32)の繰り返し単位からなる群。
(30)後述する、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位
(31)後述する、脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位
(32)後述する、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位 The resin (B) may contain at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A below and/or at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group B below.
Group A: A group consisting of the following repeating units (20) to (24).
(20) A repeating unit having an acid group, which will be described later. (21) A repeating unit, which has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group, and has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom. ) to formula (E) correspond to (24) the repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain.
Group B: A group consisting of the following repeating units (30) to (32).
(30) a repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group, described later; (31) a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and exhibiting no acid decomposability, described later;
A群:以下の(20)~(24)の繰り返し単位からなる群。
(20)後述する、酸基を有する繰り返し単位
(21)後述する、酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位
(22)後述する、ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位
(23)後述する、式(V-1)又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位
(24)主鎖の運動性を低下させるための繰り返し単位
なお、後述する、式(A)~式(E)で表される繰り返し単位は、(24)主鎖の運動性を低下させるための繰り返し単位に相当する。
B群:以下の(30)~(32)の繰り返し単位からなる群。
(30)後述する、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位
(31)後述する、脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位
(32)後述する、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位 The resin (B) may contain at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A below and/or at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group B below.
Group A: A group consisting of the following repeating units (20) to (24).
(20) A repeating unit having an acid group, which will be described later. (21) A repeating unit, which has neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group, and has a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom. ) to formula (E) correspond to (24) the repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain.
Group B: A group consisting of the following repeating units (30) to (32).
(30) a repeating unit having at least one group selected from a lactone group, a sultone group, a carbonate group, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, and an alkali-soluble group, described later; (31) a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and exhibiting no acid decomposability, described later;
樹脂(B)は上記A群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有してもよい。本発明の組成物がEUV露光用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は上記A群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも一方を含んでもよい。本発明の組成物がEUV露光用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。樹脂(B)がフッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の両方を含む場合、樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の両方を含む1つの繰り返し単位を有していてもよいし、樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子を有する繰り返し単位とヨウ素原子を含む繰り返し単位との2種を含んでいてもよい。
樹脂(B)は、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位を有してもよい。本発明の組成物がEUV露光用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)が、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。
樹脂(B)は上記B群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有してもよい。本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は上記B群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
なお、本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子及び珪素原子のいずれも含まないことが好ましい。
本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は、芳香族基を有さないことが好ましい。 The resin (B) may have at least one type of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A above. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, the resin (B) preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A above.
Resin (B) may contain at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, the resin (B) preferably contains at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom. When the resin (B) contains both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, the resin (B) may contain one repeating unit containing both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, or the resin (B) may contain two types of repeating units: a repeating unit containing a fluorine atom and a repeating unit containing an iodine atom.
Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an aromatic group. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, it is also preferred that the resin (B) has a repeating unit having an aromatic group.
The resin (B) may have at least one type of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group B above. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (B) preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above B groups.
When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (B) preferably contains neither fluorine atoms nor silicon atoms.
When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (B) preferably has no aromatic group.
樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも一方を含んでもよい。本発明の組成物がEUV露光用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。樹脂(B)がフッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の両方を含む場合、樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子及びヨウ素原子の両方を含む1つの繰り返し単位を有していてもよいし、樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子を有する繰り返し単位とヨウ素原子を含む繰り返し単位との2種を含んでいてもよい。
樹脂(B)は、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位を有してもよい。本発明の組成物がEUV露光用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)が、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位を有することも好ましい。
樹脂(B)は上記B群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有してもよい。本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は上記B群からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
なお、本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は、フッ素原子及び珪素原子のいずれも含まないことが好ましい。
本発明の組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、樹脂(B)は、芳香族基を有さないことが好ましい。 The resin (B) may have at least one type of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A above. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, the resin (B) preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group A above.
Resin (B) may contain at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, the resin (B) preferably contains at least one of a fluorine atom and an iodine atom. When the resin (B) contains both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, the resin (B) may contain one repeating unit containing both a fluorine atom and an iodine atom, or the resin (B) may contain two types of repeating units: a repeating unit containing a fluorine atom and a repeating unit containing an iodine atom.
Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an aromatic group. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for EUV exposure, it is also preferred that the resin (B) has a repeating unit having an aromatic group.
The resin (B) may have at least one type of repeating unit selected from the group consisting of Group B above. When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (B) preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the above B groups.
When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (B) preferably contains neither fluorine atoms nor silicon atoms.
When the composition of the present invention is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, the resin (B) preferably has no aromatic group.
(酸基を有する繰り返し単位)
樹脂(B)は、繰り返し単位(b1)及び繰り返し単位(b2)に加え、更に、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
酸基としては、pKaが13以下の酸基が好ましい。上記酸基の酸解離定数は、13以下が好ましく、3~13がより好ましく、5~10が更に好ましい。
樹脂(B)が、pKaが13以下の酸基を有する場合、樹脂(B)中における酸基の含有量は特に制限されないが、0.2~6.0mmol/gの場合が多い。なかでも、0.8~6.0mmol/gが好ましく、1.2~5.0mmol/gがより好ましく、1.6~4.0mmol/gが更に好ましい。酸基の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、現像が良好に進行し、形成されるパターン形状に優れ、解像性にも優れる。
酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、フッ化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、又はイソプロパノール基が好ましい。
上記ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基は、フッ素原子の1つ以上(好ましくは1~2つ)が、フッ素原子以外の基(アルコキシカルボニル基等)で置換されてもよい。酸基としては、このように形成された-C(CF3)(OH)-CF2-も好ましい。また、フッ素原子の1つ以上がフッ素原子以外の基に置換されて、-C(CF3)(OH)-CF2-を含む環を形成してもよい。
酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、上述の酸の作用により脱離する基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位、及び後述するラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい。 (Repeating unit having an acid group)
The resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an acid group in addition to the repeating unit (b1) and the repeating unit (b2).
As the acid group, an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable. The acid dissociation constant of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3-13, even more preferably 5-10.
When the resin (B) has an acid group with a pKa of 13 or less, the content of the acid group in the resin (B) is not particularly limited, but is often 0.2 to 6.0 mmol/g. Among them, 0.8 to 6.0 mmol/g is preferable, 1.2 to 5.0 mmol/g is more preferable, and 1.6 to 4.0 mmol/g is even more preferable. If the content of the acid group is within the above range, the development proceeds satisfactorily, the formed pattern shape is excellent, and the resolution is also excellent.
The acid group is preferably, for example, a carboxyl group, a fluoroalcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group.
In the hexafluoroisopropanol group, one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom (such as an alkoxycarbonyl group). Also preferred as the acid group is -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 - thus formed. Also, one or more fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -.
The repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit different from the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group that is released by the action of an acid, and the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group, which will be described later.
A repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
樹脂(B)は、繰り返し単位(b1)及び繰り返し単位(b2)に加え、更に、酸基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
酸基としては、pKaが13以下の酸基が好ましい。上記酸基の酸解離定数は、13以下が好ましく、3~13がより好ましく、5~10が更に好ましい。
樹脂(B)が、pKaが13以下の酸基を有する場合、樹脂(B)中における酸基の含有量は特に制限されないが、0.2~6.0mmol/gの場合が多い。なかでも、0.8~6.0mmol/gが好ましく、1.2~5.0mmol/gがより好ましく、1.6~4.0mmol/gが更に好ましい。酸基の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、現像が良好に進行し、形成されるパターン形状に優れ、解像性にも優れる。
酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、フッ化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、又はイソプロパノール基が好ましい。
上記ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基は、フッ素原子の1つ以上(好ましくは1~2つ)が、フッ素原子以外の基(アルコキシカルボニル基等)で置換されてもよい。酸基としては、このように形成された-C(CF3)(OH)-CF2-も好ましい。また、フッ素原子の1つ以上がフッ素原子以外の基に置換されて、-C(CF3)(OH)-CF2-を含む環を形成してもよい。
酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、上述の酸の作用により脱離する基で極性基が保護された構造を有する繰り返し単位、及び後述するラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
酸基を有する繰り返し単位は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有していてもよい。 (Repeating unit having an acid group)
The resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an acid group in addition to the repeating unit (b1) and the repeating unit (b2).
As the acid group, an acid group having a pKa of 13 or less is preferable. The acid dissociation constant of the acid group is preferably 13 or less, more preferably 3-13, even more preferably 5-10.
When the resin (B) has an acid group with a pKa of 13 or less, the content of the acid group in the resin (B) is not particularly limited, but is often 0.2 to 6.0 mmol/g. Among them, 0.8 to 6.0 mmol/g is preferable, 1.2 to 5.0 mmol/g is more preferable, and 1.6 to 4.0 mmol/g is even more preferable. If the content of the acid group is within the above range, the development proceeds satisfactorily, the formed pattern shape is excellent, and the resolution is also excellent.
The acid group is preferably, for example, a carboxyl group, a fluoroalcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, or an isopropanol group.
In the hexafluoroisopropanol group, one or more (preferably 1 to 2) fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom (such as an alkoxycarbonyl group). Also preferred as the acid group is -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 - thus formed. Also, one or more fluorine atoms may be substituted with a group other than a fluorine atom to form a ring containing -C(CF 3 )(OH)-CF 2 -.
The repeating unit having an acid group is preferably a repeating unit different from the repeating unit having a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group that is released by the action of an acid, and the repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group, which will be described later.
A repeating unit having an acid group may have a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
酸基を有する繰り返し単位としては、以下の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Examples of repeating units having an acid group include the following repeating units.
酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、15モル%以上がより好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、70モル%以下が好ましく、65モル%以下がより好ましく、60モル%以下が更に好ましい。
The content of repeating units having an acid group is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 15 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B). Moreover, the upper limit thereof is preferably 70 mol % or less, more preferably 65 mol % or less, and still more preferably 60 mol % or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
(酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位)
樹脂(B)は、上述した<酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位>及び<酸基を有する繰り返し単位>とは別に、酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(以下、単位Xともいう。)を有していてもよい。ここで言う<酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位>は、後述の<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>等の、A群に属する他の種類の繰り返し単位とは異なることが好ましい。 (Repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom)
The resin (B) may have a repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom (hereinafter also referred to as unit X), apart from the above-described <repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group> and <repeating unit having an acid group>. The <repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom> is preferably different from other types of repeating units belonging to Group A, such as the <repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group> described below.
樹脂(B)は、上述した<酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位>及び<酸基を有する繰り返し単位>とは別に、酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(以下、単位Xともいう。)を有していてもよい。ここで言う<酸分解性基及び酸基のいずれも有さず、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位>は、後述の<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>等の、A群に属する他の種類の繰り返し単位とは異なることが好ましい。 (Repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom)
The resin (B) may have a repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom (hereinafter also referred to as unit X), apart from the above-described <repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group> and <repeating unit having an acid group>. The <repeating unit having neither an acid-decomposable group nor an acid group and having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom> is preferably different from other types of repeating units belonging to Group A, such as the <repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group> described below.
単位Xとしては、式(C)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。
As the unit X, a repeating unit represented by formula (C) is preferable.
L5は、単結合、又はエステル基を表す。R9は、水素原子、又はフッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。R10は、水素原子、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアルキル基、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいシクロアルキル基、フッ素原子若しくはヨウ素原子を有していてもよいアリール基、又はこれらを組み合わせた基を表す。
L5 represents a single bond or an ester group. R9 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. R 10 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, a cycloalkyl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, an aryl group optionally having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom, or a group combining these.
フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位を以下に例示する。
Examples of repeating units having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom are shown below.
単位Xの含有量は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、0モル%以上が好ましく、5モル%以上がより好ましく、10モル%以上が更に好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、50モル%以下が好ましく、45モル%以下がより好ましく、40モル%以下が更に好ましい。
The content of the unit X is preferably 0 mol% or more, more preferably 5 mol% or more, and still more preferably 10 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B). Moreover, the upper limit thereof is preferably 50 mol % or less, more preferably 45 mol % or less, and still more preferably 40 mol % or less, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B).
樹脂(B)の繰り返し単位のうち、フッ素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも1つを含む繰り返し単位の合計含有量は、樹脂(B)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上が好ましく、20モル%以上がより好ましく、30モル%以上が更に好ましく、40モル%以上が特に好ましい。上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、樹脂(B)の全繰り返し単位に対して、100モル%以下である。
なお、フッ素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも1つを含む繰り返し単位としては、例えば、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有し、かつ、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有し、かつ、酸基を有する繰り返し単位、及びフッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Among the repeating units of the resin (B), the total content of repeating units containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units of the resin (B). Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is, for example, 100 mol % or less with respect to all repeating units of the resin (B).
The repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom includes, for example, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid group, and a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
なお、フッ素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子の少なくとも1つを含む繰り返し単位としては、例えば、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有し、かつ、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位、フッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有し、かつ、酸基を有する繰り返し単位、及びフッ素原子、臭素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Among the repeating units of the resin (B), the total content of repeating units containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol% or more, based on the total repeating units of the resin (B). Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, it is, for example, 100 mol % or less with respect to all repeating units of the resin (B).
The repeating unit containing at least one of a fluorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom includes, for example, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom and having an acid group, and a repeating unit having a fluorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
(ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位)
樹脂(B)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、及びカーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位(以下、「単位Y」ともいう。)を有していてもよい。
単位Yは、水酸基、及びヘキサフルオロプロパノール基等の酸基を有さないことも好ましい。 (Repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group)
Resin (B) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as “unit Y”) having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group and a carbonate group.
It is also preferable that the unit Y does not have a hydroxyl group and an acid group such as a hexafluoropropanol group.
樹脂(B)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、及びカーボネート基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を有する繰り返し単位(以下、「単位Y」ともいう。)を有していてもよい。
単位Yは、水酸基、及びヘキサフルオロプロパノール基等の酸基を有さないことも好ましい。 (Repeating unit having a lactone group, a sultone group, or a carbonate group)
Resin (B) may have a repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as “unit Y”) having at least one selected from the group consisting of a lactone group, a sultone group and a carbonate group.
It is also preferable that the unit Y does not have a hydroxyl group and an acid group such as a hexafluoropropanol group.
ラクトン基又はスルトン基としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればよい。ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造は、5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造が好ましい。なかでも、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環ラクトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又はビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環スルトン構造に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。
樹脂(B)は、下記式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は下記式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造の環員原子から、水素原子を1つ以上引き抜いてなるラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましく、ラクトン基又はスルトン基が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。例えば、ラクトン基又はスルトン基の環員原子が、樹脂(B)の主鎖を構成してもよい。 The lactone group or sultone group may have a lactone structure or sultone structure. The lactone structure or sultone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure. Among them, more preferred are those in which a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure, or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure in which another ring structure is condensed to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure.
The resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group obtained by abstracting one or more hydrogen atoms from a ring member atom of a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone structure represented by any of the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), and the lactone group or sultone group may be directly bonded to the main chain. For example, ring member atoms of a lactone group or a sultone group may constitute the main chain of the resin (B).
樹脂(B)は、下記式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は下記式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造の環員原子から、水素原子を1つ以上引き抜いてなるラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位を有することが好ましく、ラクトン基又はスルトン基が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。例えば、ラクトン基又はスルトン基の環員原子が、樹脂(B)の主鎖を構成してもよい。 The lactone group or sultone group may have a lactone structure or sultone structure. The lactone structure or sultone structure is preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure. Among them, more preferred are those in which a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure, or a 5- to 7-membered sultone structure in which another ring structure is condensed to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure.
The resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group obtained by abstracting one or more hydrogen atoms from a ring member atom of a lactone structure represented by any of the following formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone structure represented by any of the following formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3), and the lactone group or sultone group may be directly bonded to the main chain. For example, ring member atoms of a lactone group or a sultone group may constitute the main chain of the resin (B).
上記ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造は、置換基(Rb2)を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb2)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、及び酸分解性基が挙げられる。n2は、0~4の整数を表す。n2が2以上の時、複数存在するRb2は、異なっていてもよく、複数存在するRb2同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
The lactone structure or sultone structure may have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, cyano groups, and acid-decomposable groups. n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, multiple Rb 2 may be different, and multiple Rb 2 may combine to form a ring.
式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造、又は式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を含む基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、下記式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
Examples of the repeating unit having a group containing a lactone structure represented by any one of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21) or a sultone structure represented by any one of formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3) include repeating units represented by the following formula (AI).
式(AI)中、Rb0は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。Rb0のアルキル基が有していてもよい好ましい置換基としては、水酸基、及びハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
Rb0のハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。Rb0は、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
Abは、単結合、アルキレン基、単環又は多環の脂環式炭化水素構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の連結基を表す。なかでも、Abとしては、単結合、又は-Ab1-CO2-で表される連結基が好ましい。Ab1は、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキレン基であり、メチレン基、エチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アダマンチレン基、又はノルボルニレン基が好ましい。
Vは、式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造の環員原子から水素原子を1つ引き抜いてなる基、又は式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造の環員原子から水素原子を1つ引き抜いてなる基を表す。 In formula (AI), Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
A halogen atom for Rb 0 includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these divalent linking groups. Among them, Ab is preferably a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2 -. Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, preferably a methylene group, ethylene group, cyclohexylene group, adamantylene group or norbornylene group.
V represents a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a lactone structure represented by any of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a sultone structure represented by any of formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3).
Rb0のハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。Rb0は、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
Abは、単結合、アルキレン基、単環又は多環の脂環式炭化水素構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の連結基を表す。なかでも、Abとしては、単結合、又は-Ab1-CO2-で表される連結基が好ましい。Ab1は、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキレン基であり、メチレン基、エチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アダマンチレン基、又はノルボルニレン基が好ましい。
Vは、式(LC1-1)~(LC1-21)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造の環員原子から水素原子を1つ引き抜いてなる基、又は式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造の環員原子から水素原子を1つ引き抜いてなる基を表す。 In formula (AI), Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
A halogen atom for Rb 0 includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these divalent linking groups. Among them, Ab is preferably a single bond or a linking group represented by -Ab 1 -CO 2 -. Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, preferably a methylene group, ethylene group, cyclohexylene group, adamantylene group or norbornylene group.
V represents a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a lactone structure represented by any of formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-21), or a group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a ring member atom of a sultone structure represented by any of formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3).
ラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位に、光学異性体が存在する場合、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)は90以上が好ましく、95以上がより好ましい。
When an optical isomer exists in the repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group, any optical isomer may be used. Moreover, one optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.
カーボネート基としては、環状炭酸エステル基が好ましい。
環状炭酸エステル基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As the carbonate group, a cyclic carbonate group is preferred.
As the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1) is preferable.
環状炭酸エステル基を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記式(A-1)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As the carbonate group, a cyclic carbonate group is preferred.
As the repeating unit having a cyclic carbonate group, a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1) is preferable.
式(A-1)中、RA
1は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。nは0以上の整数を表す。RA
2は、置換基を表す。nが2以上の場合、複数存在するRA
2は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。Aは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。上記2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、単環又は多環の脂環式炭化水素構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の連結基が好ましい。Zは、式中の-O-CO-O-で表される基と共に単環又は多環を形成する原子団を表す。
In formula (A-1), R A 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group). n represents an integer of 0 or more. R A 2 represents a substituent. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R A 2 may be the same or different. A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is preferably an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a combination of these. Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with the group represented by -O-CO-O- in the formula.
単位Yを以下に例示する。式中、Rxは、水素原子、-CH3、-CH2OH、又は-CF3を表す。
The unit Y is exemplified below. In the formula, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, or -CF 3 .
単位Yの含有量は、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、10モル%以上がより好ましい。また、その上限値としては、樹脂(B)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、85モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましく、70モル%以下が更に好ましく、60モル%以下が特に好ましい。
The content of the unit Y is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 10 mol% or more, relative to all repeating units in the resin (B). The upper limit is preferably 85 mol% or less, more preferably 80 mol% or less, even more preferably 70 mol% or less, and particularly preferably 60 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the resin (B).
(式(V-1)又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位)
樹脂(B)は、下記式(V-1)、又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
下記式(V-1)、及び下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位は上述の繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 (Repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or formula (V-2) below)
The resin (B) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2).
Repeating units represented by the following formulas (V-1) and (V-2) below are preferably different repeating units from the repeating units described above.
樹脂(B)は、下記式(V-1)、又は下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
下記式(V-1)、及び下記式(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位は上述の繰り返し単位とは異なる繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 (Repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or formula (V-2) below)
The resin (B) may have a repeating unit represented by the following formula (V-1) or the following formula (V-2).
Repeating units represented by the following formulas (V-1) and (V-2) below are preferably different repeating units from the repeating units described above.
式中、
R6及びR7は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR又は-COOR:Rは炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又はカルボキシル基を表す。アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が好ましい。
n3は、0~6の整数を表す。
n4は、0~4の整数を表す。
X4は、メチレン基、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子である。
式(V-1)又は(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位を以下に例示する。
式(V-1)又は(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0100]に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 During the ceremony,
R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group. The alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
n3 represents an integer of 0-6.
n4 represents an integer of 0-4.
X4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
The repeating units represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) are exemplified below.
Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) include repeating units described in paragraph [0100] of WO 2018/193954.
R6及びR7は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR又は-COOR:Rは炭素数1~6のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又はカルボキシル基を表す。アルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が好ましい。
n3は、0~6の整数を表す。
n4は、0~4の整数を表す。
X4は、メチレン基、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子である。
式(V-1)又は(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位を以下に例示する。
式(V-1)又は(V-2)で表される繰り返し単位としては、例えば、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0100]に記載された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 During the ceremony,
R 6 and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, an ester group (-OCOR or -COOR: R is an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxyl group. The alkyl group is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
n3 represents an integer of 0-6.
n4 represents an integer of 0-4.
X4 is a methylene group, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
The repeating units represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) are exemplified below.
Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (V-1) or (V-2) include repeating units described in paragraph [0100] of WO 2018/193954.
(主鎖の運動性を低下させるための繰り返し単位)
樹脂(B)は、発生酸の過剰な拡散又は現像時のパターン崩壊を抑制できる点から、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が高い方が好ましい。Tgは、90℃より大きいことが好ましく、100℃より大きいことがより好ましく、110℃より大きいことが更に好ましく、125℃より大きいことが特に好ましい。なお、現像液への溶解速度が優れる点から、Tgは400℃以下が好ましく、350℃以下がより好ましい。
なお、本明細書において、樹脂(B)等のポリマーのガラス転移温度(Tg)(以下「繰り返し単位のTg」)は、以下の方法で算出する。まず、ポリマー中に含まれる各繰り返し単位のみからなるホモポリマーのTgを、Bicerano法によりそれぞれ算出する。次に、ポリマー中の全繰り返し単位に対する、各繰り返し単位の質量割合(%)を算出する。次に、Foxの式(Materials Letters 62(2008)3152等に記載)を用いて各質量割合におけるTgを算出して、それらを総和して、ポリマーのTg(℃)とする。
Bicerano法は、Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York(1993)に記載されている。Bicerano法によるTgの算出は、ポリマーの物性概算ソフトウェアMDL Polymer(MDL Information Systems, Inc.)を用いて行うことができる。 (Repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain)
The resin (B) preferably has a high glass transition temperature (Tg) from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during development. Tg is preferably greater than 90°C, more preferably greater than 100°C, even more preferably greater than 110°C, and particularly preferably greater than 125°C. The Tg is preferably 400° C. or less, more preferably 350° C. or less, from the viewpoint of excellent dissolution rate in the developer.
In this specification, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a polymer such as resin (B) (hereinafter "Tg of repeating unit") is calculated by the following method. First, the Tg of a homopolymer consisting only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated by the Bicerano method. Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to all repeating units in the polymer is calculated. Next, the Fox formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.) is used to calculate the Tg at each mass ratio, and these are totaled to obtain the Tg (°C) of the polymer.
The Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993). Calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using a polymer physical property estimation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).
樹脂(B)は、発生酸の過剰な拡散又は現像時のパターン崩壊を抑制できる点から、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が高い方が好ましい。Tgは、90℃より大きいことが好ましく、100℃より大きいことがより好ましく、110℃より大きいことが更に好ましく、125℃より大きいことが特に好ましい。なお、現像液への溶解速度が優れる点から、Tgは400℃以下が好ましく、350℃以下がより好ましい。
なお、本明細書において、樹脂(B)等のポリマーのガラス転移温度(Tg)(以下「繰り返し単位のTg」)は、以下の方法で算出する。まず、ポリマー中に含まれる各繰り返し単位のみからなるホモポリマーのTgを、Bicerano法によりそれぞれ算出する。次に、ポリマー中の全繰り返し単位に対する、各繰り返し単位の質量割合(%)を算出する。次に、Foxの式(Materials Letters 62(2008)3152等に記載)を用いて各質量割合におけるTgを算出して、それらを総和して、ポリマーのTg(℃)とする。
Bicerano法は、Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York(1993)に記載されている。Bicerano法によるTgの算出は、ポリマーの物性概算ソフトウェアMDL Polymer(MDL Information Systems, Inc.)を用いて行うことができる。 (Repeating unit for reducing the mobility of the main chain)
The resin (B) preferably has a high glass transition temperature (Tg) from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive diffusion of generated acid or pattern collapse during development. Tg is preferably greater than 90°C, more preferably greater than 100°C, even more preferably greater than 110°C, and particularly preferably greater than 125°C. The Tg is preferably 400° C. or less, more preferably 350° C. or less, from the viewpoint of excellent dissolution rate in the developer.
In this specification, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of a polymer such as resin (B) (hereinafter "Tg of repeating unit") is calculated by the following method. First, the Tg of a homopolymer consisting only of each repeating unit contained in the polymer is calculated by the Bicerano method. Next, the mass ratio (%) of each repeating unit to all repeating units in the polymer is calculated. Next, the Fox formula (described in Materials Letters 62 (2008) 3152, etc.) is used to calculate the Tg at each mass ratio, and these are totaled to obtain the Tg (°C) of the polymer.
The Bicerano method is described in Prediction of polymer properties, Marcel Dekker Inc, New York (1993). Calculation of Tg by the Bicerano method can be performed using a polymer physical property estimation software MDL Polymer (MDL Information Systems, Inc.).
樹脂(B)のTgを大きくする(好ましくは、Tgを90℃超とする)には、樹脂(B)の主鎖の運動性を低下させることが好ましい。樹脂(B)の主鎖の運動性を低下させる方法は、以下の(a)~(e)の方法が挙げられる。
(a)主鎖への嵩高い置換基の導入
(b)主鎖への複数の置換基の導入
(c)主鎖近傍への樹脂(B)間の相互作用を誘発する置換基の導入
(d)環状構造での主鎖形成
(e)主鎖への環状構造の連結
なお、樹脂(B)は、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
なお、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位の種類は特に制限されず、Bicerano法により算出されるホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上である繰り返し単位であればよい。なお、後述する式(A)~式(E)で表される繰り返し単位中の官能基の種類によっては、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位に該当する。 In order to increase the Tg of the resin (B) (preferably Tg above 90°C), it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (B). Methods for reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (B) include the following methods (a) to (e).
(a) Introduction of a bulky substituent to the main chain (b) Introduction of a plurality of substituents to the main chain (c) Introduction of a substituent that induces interaction between the resin (B) in the vicinity of the main chain (d) Formation of the main chain in the cyclic structure (e) Coupling of the cyclic structure to the main chain Note that the resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130°C or higher.
The type of repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit having a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher as calculated by the Bicerano method. Depending on the type of functional group in the repeating units represented by the formulas (A) to (E) described below, the homopolymers correspond to repeating units exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher.
(a)主鎖への嵩高い置換基の導入
(b)主鎖への複数の置換基の導入
(c)主鎖近傍への樹脂(B)間の相互作用を誘発する置換基の導入
(d)環状構造での主鎖形成
(e)主鎖への環状構造の連結
なお、樹脂(B)は、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。
なお、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位の種類は特に制限されず、Bicerano法により算出されるホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上である繰り返し単位であればよい。なお、後述する式(A)~式(E)で表される繰り返し単位中の官能基の種類によっては、ホモポリマーのTgが130℃以上を示す繰り返し単位に該当する。 In order to increase the Tg of the resin (B) (preferably Tg above 90°C), it is preferable to reduce the mobility of the main chain of the resin (B). Methods for reducing the mobility of the main chain of the resin (B) include the following methods (a) to (e).
(a) Introduction of a bulky substituent to the main chain (b) Introduction of a plurality of substituents to the main chain (c) Introduction of a substituent that induces interaction between the resin (B) in the vicinity of the main chain (d) Formation of the main chain in the cyclic structure (e) Coupling of the cyclic structure to the main chain Note that the resin (B) preferably has a repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130°C or higher.
The type of repeating unit exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher is not particularly limited as long as it is a repeating unit having a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher as calculated by the Bicerano method. Depending on the type of functional group in the repeating units represented by the formulas (A) to (E) described below, the homopolymers correspond to repeating units exhibiting a homopolymer Tg of 130° C. or higher.
上記(a)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(B)に式(A)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。
A specific example of means for achieving the above (a) is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (A) into the resin (B).
式(A)、RAは、多環構造を含む基を表す。Rxは、水素原子、メチル基、又はエチル基を表す。多環構造を含む基とは、複数の環構造を含む基であり、複数の環構造は縮合していても、縮合していなくてもよい。
式(A)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0107]~[0119]に記載のものが挙げられる。 Formula (A), RA represents a group containing a polycyclic structure. R x represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. A group containing a polycyclic structure is a group containing multiple ring structures, and the multiple ring structures may or may not be condensed.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (A) include those described in paragraphs [0107] to [0119] of WO2018/193954.
式(A)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0107]~[0119]に記載のものが挙げられる。 Formula (A), RA represents a group containing a polycyclic structure. R x represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, or an ethyl group. A group containing a polycyclic structure is a group containing multiple ring structures, and the multiple ring structures may or may not be condensed.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (A) include those described in paragraphs [0107] to [0119] of WO2018/193954.
上記(b)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(B)に式(B)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。
A specific example of means for achieving (b) above is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (B) into the resin (B).
式(B)中、Rb1~Rb4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表し、Rb1~Rb4のうち少なくとも2つ以上が有機基を表す。
有機基の少なくとも1つが、繰り返し単位中の主鎖に直接環構造が連結している基である場合、他の有機基の種類は特に制限されない。
また、有機基のいずれも繰り返し単位中の主鎖に直接環構造が連結している基ではない場合、有機基の少なくとも2つ以上は、水素原子を除く構成原子の数が3つ以上である置換基である。
式(B)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0113]~[0115]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (B), R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two or more of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group.
When at least one of the organic groups is a group in which a ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, the type of other organic group is not particularly limited.
Further, when none of the organic groups is a group in which the ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, at least two or more of the organic groups are substituents having three or more constituent atoms excluding hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (B) include those described in paragraphs [0113] to [0115] of WO2018/193954.
有機基の少なくとも1つが、繰り返し単位中の主鎖に直接環構造が連結している基である場合、他の有機基の種類は特に制限されない。
また、有機基のいずれも繰り返し単位中の主鎖に直接環構造が連結している基ではない場合、有機基の少なくとも2つ以上は、水素原子を除く構成原子の数が3つ以上である置換基である。
式(B)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0113]~[0115]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (B), R b1 to R b4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least two or more of R b1 to R b4 represent an organic group.
When at least one of the organic groups is a group in which a ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, the type of other organic group is not particularly limited.
Further, when none of the organic groups is a group in which the ring structure is directly linked to the main chain in the repeating unit, at least two or more of the organic groups are substituents having three or more constituent atoms excluding hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (B) include those described in paragraphs [0113] to [0115] of WO2018/193954.
上記(c)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(B)に式(C)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。
A specific example of means for achieving the above (c) is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (C) into the resin (B).
式(C)中、Rc1~Rc4は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表し、Rc1~Rc4のうち少なくとも1つが、主鎖炭素から原子数3以内に水素結合性の水素原子を含む基である。なかでも、樹脂(B)の主鎖間の相互作用を誘発するうえで、原子数2以内(より主鎖近傍側)に水素結合性の水素原子を有することが好ましい。
式(C)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0119]~[0121]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (C), R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group containing a hydrogen bonding hydrogen atom within 3 atoms from the main chain carbon. Above all, it is preferable to have a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within 2 atoms (closer to the main chain side) in order to induce interaction between the main chains of the resin (B).
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (C) include those described in paragraphs [0119] to [0121] of WO2018/193954.
式(C)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0119]~[0121]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (C), R c1 to R c4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group, and at least one of R c1 to R c4 is a group containing a hydrogen bonding hydrogen atom within 3 atoms from the main chain carbon. Above all, it is preferable to have a hydrogen-bonding hydrogen atom within 2 atoms (closer to the main chain side) in order to induce interaction between the main chains of the resin (B).
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (C) include those described in paragraphs [0119] to [0121] of WO2018/193954.
上記(d)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(B)に式(D)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。
A specific example of means for achieving (d) above is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by the formula (D) into the resin (B).
式(D)中、「Cyclic」は、環状構造で主鎖を形成している基を表す。環の構成原子数は特に制限されない。
式(D)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0126]~[0127]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (D), "Cyclic" represents a group forming a main chain with a cyclic structure. The number of constituent atoms of the ring is not particularly limited.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (D) include those described in paragraphs [0126] to [0127] of WO2018/193954.
式(D)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0126]~[0127]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (D), "Cyclic" represents a group forming a main chain with a cyclic structure. The number of constituent atoms of the ring is not particularly limited.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (D) include those described in paragraphs [0126] to [0127] of WO2018/193954.
上記(e)の具体的な達成手段の一例としては、樹脂(B)に式(E)で表される繰り返し単位を導入する方法が挙げられる。
A specific example of means for achieving (e) above is a method of introducing a repeating unit represented by formula (E) into the resin (B).
式(E)中、Reは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。有機基としては、例えば、置換基を有してもよい、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及びアルケニル基が挙げられる。
「Cyclic」は、主鎖の炭素原子を含む環状基である。環状基に含まれる原子数は特に制限されない。
式(E)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0131]~[0133]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (E), each Re independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups, which may have substituents.
A "Cyclic" is a cyclic group containing carbon atoms in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (E) include those described in paragraphs [0131] to [0133] of WO2018/193954.
「Cyclic」は、主鎖の炭素原子を含む環状基である。環状基に含まれる原子数は特に制限されない。
式(E)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0131]~[0133]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (E), each Re independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups, which may have substituents.
A "Cyclic" is a cyclic group containing carbon atoms in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (E) include those described in paragraphs [0131] to [0133] of WO2018/193954.
(ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位)
樹脂(B)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
樹脂(B)が有するラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位としては、上述した<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>で説明した繰り返し単位が挙げられる。好ましい含有量も上述した<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>で説明した通りである。 (Repeating unit having at least one group selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group, cyano group, and alkali-soluble group)
The resin (B) may have repeating units having at least one group selected from lactone groups, sultone groups, carbonate groups, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, and alkali-soluble groups.
Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group that the resin (B) has include the repeating units described in the above <Repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group>. The preferable content is also as described in <Repeating unit having lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group>.
樹脂(B)は、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カーボネート基、水酸基、シアノ基、及びアルカリ可溶性基から選ばれる少なくとも1種類の基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
樹脂(B)が有するラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位としては、上述した<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>で説明した繰り返し単位が挙げられる。好ましい含有量も上述した<ラクトン基、スルトン基、又はカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位>で説明した通りである。 (Repeating unit having at least one group selected from lactone group, sultone group, carbonate group, hydroxyl group, cyano group, and alkali-soluble group)
The resin (B) may have repeating units having at least one group selected from lactone groups, sultone groups, carbonate groups, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, and alkali-soluble groups.
Examples of the repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group that the resin (B) has include the repeating units described in the above <Repeating unit having a lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group>. The preferable content is also as described in <Repeating unit having lactone group, sultone group, or carbonate group>.
樹脂(B)は、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。これにより基板密着性、現像液親和性が向上する。
水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環式炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0081]~[0084]に記載のものが挙げられる。 Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the adhesion to the substrate and the compatibility with the developer.
A repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
A repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group preferably does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of repeating units having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of JP-A-2014-098921.
水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環式炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位は、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0081]~[0084]に記載のものが挙げられる。 Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. This improves the adhesion to the substrate and the compatibility with the developer.
A repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
A repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group preferably does not have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of repeating units having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0081] to [0084] of JP-A-2014-098921.
樹脂(B)は、アルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
アルカリ可溶性基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、ビススルホニルイミド基、及びα位が電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール基(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)が挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。樹脂(B)がアルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことにより、コンタクトホール用途での解像性が増す。アルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0085]及び[0086]に記載のものが挙げられる。 Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group.
The alkali-soluble group includes a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bissulfonylimide group, and an aliphatic alcohol group (e.g., a hexafluoroisopropanol group) substituted with an electron-withdrawing group at the α-position, with a carboxyl group being preferred. When the resin (B) contains a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, the resolution for contact holes is increased. Repeating units having an alkali-soluble group include those described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of JP-A-2014-098921.
アルカリ可溶性基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、ビススルホニルイミド基、及びα位が電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール基(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)が挙げられ、カルボキシル基が好ましい。樹脂(B)がアルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位を含むことにより、コンタクトホール用途での解像性が増す。アルカリ可溶性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0085]及び[0086]に記載のものが挙げられる。 Resin (B) may have a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group.
The alkali-soluble group includes a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a bissulfonylimide group, and an aliphatic alcohol group (e.g., a hexafluoroisopropanol group) substituted with an electron-withdrawing group at the α-position, with a carboxyl group being preferred. When the resin (B) contains a repeating unit having an alkali-soluble group, the resolution for contact holes is increased. Repeating units having an alkali-soluble group include those described in paragraphs [0085] and [0086] of JP-A-2014-098921.
(脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位)
樹脂(B)は、脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有してもよい。これにより液浸露光時にレジスト膜から液浸液への低分子成分の溶出が低減できる。脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位として、例えば、1-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジアマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、又はシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 (Repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid-decomposability)
The resin (B) may have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and does not exhibit acid decomposability. This can reduce the elution of low-molecular-weight components from the resist film into the immersion liquid during immersion exposure. Repeating units having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposability include, for example, repeating units derived from 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diamantyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, or cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.
樹脂(B)は、脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有してもよい。これにより液浸露光時にレジスト膜から液浸液への低分子成分の溶出が低減できる。脂環式炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位として、例えば、1-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジアマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカニル(メタ)アクリレート、又はシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 (Repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid-decomposability)
The resin (B) may have a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and does not exhibit acid decomposability. This can reduce the elution of low-molecular-weight components from the resist film into the immersion liquid during immersion exposure. Repeating units having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure and not exhibiting acid decomposability include, for example, repeating units derived from 1-adamantyl (meth)acrylate, diamantyl (meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanyl (meth)acrylate, or cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate.
(水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位)
樹脂(B)は、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 (Repeating unit represented by formula (III) having neither hydroxyl group nor cyano group)
Resin (B) may have a repeating unit represented by formula (III) that has neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
樹脂(B)は、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 (Repeating unit represented by formula (III) having neither hydroxyl group nor cyano group)
Resin (B) may have a repeating unit represented by formula (III) that has neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
式(III)中、R5は少なくとも1つの環状構造を有し、水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない炭化水素基を表す。
Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH2-O-Ra2基を表す。式中、Ra2は、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。
水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0087]~[0094]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (III), R5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a --CH 2 --O--Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0087] to [0094] of JP-A-2014-098921.
Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH2-O-Ra2基を表す。式中、Ra2は、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。
水酸基及びシアノ基のいずれも有さない、式(III)で表される繰り返し単位としては、特開2014-098921号公報の段落[0087]~[0094]に記載のものが挙げられる。 In formula (III), R5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a --CH 2 --O--Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
Examples of the repeating unit represented by formula (III) having neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group include those described in paragraphs [0087] to [0094] of JP-A-2014-098921.
(その他の繰り返し単位)
更に、樹脂(B)は、上述した繰り返し単位以外のその他の繰り返し単位を有してもよい。
例えば樹脂(B)は、オキサチアン環基を有する繰り返し単位、オキサゾロン環基を有する繰り返し単位、ジオキサン環基を有する繰り返し単位、及びヒダントイン環基を有する繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
上述した繰り返し単位以外のその他の繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に例示する。 (Other repeating units)
Furthermore, the resin (B) may have repeating units other than the repeating units described above.
For example, the resin (B) may have repeating units selected from the group consisting of repeating units having an oxathian ring group, repeating units having an oxazolone ring group, repeating units having a dioxane ring group, and repeating units having a hydantoin ring group.
Specific examples of repeating units other than the repeating units described above are shown below.
更に、樹脂(B)は、上述した繰り返し単位以外のその他の繰り返し単位を有してもよい。
例えば樹脂(B)は、オキサチアン環基を有する繰り返し単位、オキサゾロン環基を有する繰り返し単位、ジオキサン環基を有する繰り返し単位、及びヒダントイン環基を有する繰り返し単位からなる群から選択される繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。
上述した繰り返し単位以外のその他の繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に例示する。 (Other repeating units)
Furthermore, the resin (B) may have repeating units other than the repeating units described above.
For example, the resin (B) may have repeating units selected from the group consisting of repeating units having an oxathian ring group, repeating units having an oxazolone ring group, repeating units having a dioxane ring group, and repeating units having a hydantoin ring group.
Specific examples of repeating units other than the repeating units described above are shown below.
樹脂(B)は、上記の繰り返し構造単位以外に、ドライエッチング耐性、標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、解像性、耐熱性、及び感度等を調節する目的で様々な繰り返し構造単位を有していてもよい。
In addition to the above repeating structural units, the resin (B) may have various repeating structural units for the purpose of adjusting dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc.
樹脂(B)としては、特に、組成物がArF用の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として用いられる場合、繰り返し単位の全てが、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する化合物に由来する繰り返し単位で構成されることが好ましい。特に、繰り返し単位の全てが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成されることも好ましい。繰り返し単位の全てが(メタ)アクリレート系繰り返し単位で構成される場合、繰り返し単位の全てがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位の全てがアクリレート系繰り返し単位であるもの、繰り返し単位の全てがメタクリレート系繰り返し単位とアクリレート系繰り返し単位とによるもののいずれのものでも用いることができ、アクリレート系繰り返し単位が全繰り返し単位の50モル%以下であることが好ましい。
As for the resin (B), especially when the composition is used as an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for ArF, all repeating units are preferably composed of repeating units derived from a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. In particular, it is also preferred that all of the repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate repeating units. When all of the repeating units are composed of (meth)acrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units may be methacrylate repeating units, all of the repeating units may be acrylate repeating units, or all of the repeating units may be methacrylate repeating units and acrylate repeating units.
樹脂(B)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、樹脂(B)の重量平均分子量は、30,000以下が好ましく、1,000~30,000がより好ましく、3,000~30,000が更に好ましく、5,000~15,000が特に好ましい。
樹脂(B)の分散度(分子量分布)は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1.2~3.0が更に好ましく、1.2~2.0が特に好ましい。分散度が小さいものほど、解像度、及びレジスト形状がより優れ、更に、レジストパターンの側壁がよりスムーズであり、ラフネス性にもより優れる。 Resin (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, still more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 15,000, as a polystyrene equivalent by GPC method.
The dispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (B) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and particularly preferably 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the side walls of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、樹脂(B)の重量平均分子量は、30,000以下が好ましく、1,000~30,000がより好ましく、3,000~30,000が更に好ましく、5,000~15,000が特に好ましい。
樹脂(B)の分散度(分子量分布)は、1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましく、1.2~3.0が更に好ましく、1.2~2.0が特に好ましい。分散度が小さいものほど、解像度、及びレジスト形状がより優れ、更に、レジストパターンの側壁がよりスムーズであり、ラフネス性にもより優れる。 Resin (B) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably 30,000 or less, more preferably 1,000 to 30,000, still more preferably 3,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 15,000, as a polystyrene equivalent by GPC method.
The dispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (B) is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 3, even more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and particularly preferably 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, the smoother the side walls of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
本発明の組成物において、樹脂(B)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、40.0~99.9質量%が好ましく、60.0~90.0質量%がより好ましい。
樹脂(B)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of resin (B) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60.0 to 90.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The resin (B) may be used singly or in combination.
樹脂(B)は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of resin (B) is preferably 40.0 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60.0 to 90.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
The resin (B) may be used singly or in combination.
[(C)成分]
本発明の組成物に含まれる(C)成分は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(光酸発生剤)である。
(C)成分を、「化合物(C)」又は「光酸発生剤」ともいう。 [(C) component]
The component (C) contained in the composition of the present invention is a compound (photoacid generator) that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
The component (C) is also referred to as "compound (C)" or "photoacid generator".
本発明の組成物に含まれる(C)成分は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(光酸発生剤)である。
(C)成分を、「化合物(C)」又は「光酸発生剤」ともいう。 [(C) component]
The component (C) contained in the composition of the present invention is a compound (photoacid generator) that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
The component (C) is also referred to as "compound (C)" or "photoacid generator".
光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましい。例えば、スルホニウム塩化合物、ヨードニウム塩化合物、ジアゾニウム塩化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、イミドスルホネート化合物、オキシムスルホネート化合物、ジアゾジスルホン化合物、ジスルホン化合物、及びo-ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物が挙げられる。
The photoacid generator is preferably a compound that generates an organic acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation. Examples include sulfonium salt compounds, iodonium salt compounds, diazonium salt compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, imidosulfonate compounds, oximesulfonate compounds, diazodisulfone compounds, disulfone compounds, and o-nitrobenzylsulfonate compounds.
光酸発生剤としては、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する公知の化合物を、単独又はそれらの混合物として適宜選択して使用できる。例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0125]~[0319]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号明細書の段落[0086]~[0094]、及び、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号明細書の段落[0323]~[0402]に開示された公知の化合物を好適に使用できる。
As the photoacid generator, a known compound that generates an acid upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation can be appropriately selected and used either singly or as a mixture thereof. For example, the known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0125] to [0319] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0086] to [0094] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, and paragraphs [0323] to [0402] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1 are preferably used. I can.
光酸発生剤としては、例えば、下記一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)又は一般式(ZIII)で表される化合物が好ましい。
As the photoacid generator, for example, compounds represented by the following general formula (ZI), general formula (ZII), or general formula (ZIII) are preferred.
上記一般式(ZI)において、
R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、好ましくは1~20である。
また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)及び-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-が挙げられる。
Z-は、アニオン(非求核性アニオンが好ましい。)を表す。 In the above general formula (ZI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the organic groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1-30, preferably 1-20.
Also, two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Groups formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups (eg, butylene group and pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.
Z − represents an anion (preferably a non-nucleophilic anion).
R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30であり、好ましくは1~20である。
また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)及び-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-が挙げられる。
Z-は、アニオン(非求核性アニオンが好ましい。)を表す。 In the above general formula (ZI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the organic groups as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is generally 1-30, preferably 1-20.
Also, two of R 201 to R 203 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Groups formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include alkylene groups (eg, butylene group and pentylene group) and —CH 2 —CH 2 —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —.
Z − represents an anion (preferably a non-nucleophilic anion).
一般式(ZI)におけるカチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する化合物(ZI-1)、化合物(ZI-2)、一般式(ZI-3)で表される化合物(化合物(ZI-3))及び一般式(ZI-4)で表される化合物(化合物(ZI-4))における対応する基が挙げられる。
なお、光酸発生剤は、一般式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、一般式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、一般式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも一つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。 Preferred embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include the compound (ZI-1), the compound (ZI-2), the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) (compound (ZI-3)) and the corresponding group in the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-4) (compound (ZI-4)).
The photoacid generator may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by general formula (ZI). For example, it may be a compound having a structure in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the compound represented by general formula (ZI) and at least one of R 201 to R 203 of another compound represented by general formula (ZI) are bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
なお、光酸発生剤は、一般式(ZI)で表される構造を複数有する化合物であってもよい。例えば、一般式(ZI)で表される化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも1つと、一般式(ZI)で表されるもうひとつの化合物のR201~R203の少なくとも一つとが、単結合又は連結基を介して結合した構造を有する化合物であってもよい。 Preferred embodiments of the cation in the general formula (ZI) include the compound (ZI-1), the compound (ZI-2), the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) (compound (ZI-3)) and the corresponding group in the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-4) (compound (ZI-4)).
The photoacid generator may be a compound having a plurality of structures represented by general formula (ZI). For example, it may be a compound having a structure in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the compound represented by general formula (ZI) and at least one of R 201 to R 203 of another compound represented by general formula (ZI) are bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
まず、化合物(ZI-1)について説明する。
化合物(ZI-1)は、上記一般式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物が挙げられる。 First, compound (ZI-1) will be described.
Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an arylsulfonium cation.
In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or part of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups and the rest may be alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
Arylsulfonium compounds include, for example, triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
化合物(ZI-1)は、上記一般式(ZI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウム化合物、すなわち、アリールスルホニウムをカチオンとする化合物である。
アリールスルホニウム化合物は、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
アリールスルホニウム化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウム化合物、アリールジアルキルスルホニウム化合物、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウム化合物が挙げられる。 First, compound (ZI-1) will be described.
Compound (ZI-1) is an arylsulfonium compound in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in general formula (ZI) is an aryl group, that is, a compound having an arylsulfonium cation.
In the arylsulfonium compound, all of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups, or part of R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups and the rest may be alkyl groups or cycloalkyl groups.
Arylsulfonium compounds include, for example, triarylsulfonium compounds, diarylalkylsulfonium compounds, aryldialkylsulfonium compounds, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium compounds, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium compounds.
アリールスルホニウム化合物に含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウム化合物が2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Heterocyclic structures include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, benzothiophene residues, and the like. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group optionally possessed by the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
アリールスルホニウム化合物が必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Heterocyclic structures include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, benzothiophene residues, and the like. When the arylsulfonium compound has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group optionally possessed by the arylsulfonium compound is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、又はフェニルチオ基を置換基として有してもよい。
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may each independently have an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a phenylthio group as a substituent.
次に、化合物(ZI-2)について説明する。
化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
R201~R203は、各々独立に、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基であり、より好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基、更に好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基である。 Next, compound (ZI-2) will be described.
Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, still more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
化合物(ZI-2)は、式(ZI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表す化合物である。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
R201~R203は、各々独立に、好ましくはアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基であり、より好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基、更に好ましくは直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基である。 Next, compound (ZI-2) will be described.
Compound (ZI-2) is a compound in which R 201 to R 203 in formula (ZI) each independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a heteroatom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group, more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, still more preferably a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、及び、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。 The alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups of R 201 to R 203 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, 1-5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。 The alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups of R 201 to R 203 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (eg, 1-5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
次に、化合物(ZI-3)について説明する。
Next, the compound (ZI-3) will be explained.
一般式(ZI-3)中、Mは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表し、環構造を有するとき、上記環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、及び炭素-炭素二重結合の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアリール基を表す。R6cとR7cとが結合して環を形成してもよい。Rx及びRyは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアルケニル基を表す。Rx及びRyが結合して環を形成してもよい。また、M、R6c及びR7cから選ばれる少なくとも2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、上記環構造に炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。Z-は、アニオンを表す。
In general formula (ZI-3), M represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group, and when it has a ring structure, the ring structure may contain at least one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon-carbon double bond. R6c and R7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group. R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring. R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an alkenyl group. R x and R y may combine to form a ring. Further, at least two selected from M, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring structure may contain a carbon-carbon double bond. Z − represents an anion.
一般式(ZI-3)中、Mで表されるアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15(好ましくは炭素数3~10)の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基等が挙げられる。
Mで表されるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、及びベンゾチオフェン環等が挙げられる。 In general formula (ZI-3), the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by M are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). A cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and the like.
The aryl group represented by M is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Heterocyclic structures include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, and the like.
Mで表されるアリール基としては、フェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、及びベンゾチオフェン環等が挙げられる。 In general formula (ZI-3), the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by M are preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). A cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and the like.
The aryl group represented by M is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Heterocyclic structures include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, and the like.
上記Mは、更に置換基を有していてもよい。この態様として、例えば、Mとしてベンジル基などが挙げられる。
なお、Mが環構造を有する場合、上記環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、及び、炭素-炭素二重結合の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。 M above may further have a substituent. As this embodiment, for example, M may be a benzyl group.
When M has a ring structure, the ring structure may contain at least one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon-carbon double bond.
なお、Mが環構造を有する場合、上記環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、及び、炭素-炭素二重結合の少なくとも1種を含んでいてもよい。 M above may further have a substituent. As this embodiment, for example, M may be a benzyl group.
When M has a ring structure, the ring structure may contain at least one of an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, and a carbon-carbon double bond.
R6c及びR7cで表されるアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及びアリール基としては、上述したMと同様のものが挙げられ、その好ましい態様も同じである。また、R6cとR7cは、結合して環を形成してもよい。
R6c及びR7cで表されるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group represented by R 6c and R 7c are the same as those for M described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same. Also, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring.
Halogen atoms represented by R 6c and R 7c include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
R6c及びR7cで表されるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group represented by R 6c and R 7c are the same as those for M described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same. Also, R 6c and R 7c may combine to form a ring.
Halogen atoms represented by R 6c and R 7c include, for example, fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms.
Rx及びRyで表されるアルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基としては、上述したMと同様のものが挙げられ、その好ましい態様も同じである。
Rx及びRyで表されるアルケニル基としては、アリル基又はビニル基が好ましい。
上記Rx及びRyは、更に置換基を有していてもよい。この態様として、例えば、Rx及びRyとして2-オキソアルキル基又はアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基などが挙げられる。
Rx及びRyで表される2-オキソアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)のものが挙げられ、具体的には、2-オキソプロピル基、及び2-オキソブチル基等が挙げられる。
Rx及びRyで表されるアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)のものが挙げられる。また、RxとRyは、結合して環を形成してもよい。
RxとRyとが互いに連結して形成される環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又は、炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。 Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R x and R y are the same as those for M described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
The alkenyl group represented by R x and R y is preferably an allyl group or a vinyl group.
R x and R y may further have a substituent. Examples of this embodiment include a 2-oxoalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R x and R y .
Examples of the 2-oxoalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), and specific examples include 2-oxopropyl group and 2-oxobutyl group.
Alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups represented by R x and R y include, for example, those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Also, R x and R y may combine to form a ring.
The ring structure formed by combining R x and R y may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbon-carbon double bond.
Rx及びRyで表されるアルケニル基としては、アリル基又はビニル基が好ましい。
上記Rx及びRyは、更に置換基を有していてもよい。この態様として、例えば、Rx及びRyとして2-オキソアルキル基又はアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基などが挙げられる。
Rx及びRyで表される2-オキソアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)のものが挙げられ、具体的には、2-オキソプロピル基、及び2-オキソブチル基等が挙げられる。
Rx及びRyで表されるアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~15(好ましくは炭素数1~10)のものが挙げられる。また、RxとRyは、結合して環を形成してもよい。
RxとRyとが互いに連結して形成される環構造は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又は、炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。 Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R x and R y are the same as those for M described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
The alkenyl group represented by R x and R y is preferably an allyl group or a vinyl group.
R x and R y may further have a substituent. Examples of this embodiment include a 2-oxoalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group as R x and R y .
Examples of the 2-oxoalkyl group represented by R x and R y include those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), and specific examples include 2-oxopropyl group and 2-oxobutyl group.
Alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups represented by R x and R y include, for example, those having 1 to 15 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms). Also, R x and R y may combine to form a ring.
The ring structure formed by combining R x and R y may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbon-carbon double bond.
一般式(ZI-3)中、MとR6cとが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、形成される環構造は、炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。
In general formula (ZI-3), M and R 6c may combine to form a ring structure, and the formed ring structure may contain a carbon-carbon double bond.
上記化合物(ZI-3)は、なかでも、化合物(ZI-3A)であることが好ましい。
化合物(ZI-3A)は、下記一般式(ZI-3A)で表され、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。 Compound (ZI-3) above is preferably compound (ZI-3A).
Compound (ZI-3A) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3A) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
化合物(ZI-3A)は、下記一般式(ZI-3A)で表され、フェナシルスルフォニウム塩構造を有する化合物である。 Compound (ZI-3) above is preferably compound (ZI-3A).
Compound (ZI-3A) is a compound represented by the following general formula (ZI-3A) and having a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
一般式(ZI-3A)中、
R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表す。
R6c及びR7cとしては、上述した一般式(ZI-3)中のR6c及びR7cと同義であり、その好ましい態様も同じである。
Rx及びRyとしては、上述した上述した一般式(ZI-3)中のRx及びRyと同義であり、その好ましい態様も同じである。 In general formula (ZI-3A),
R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c have the same definitions as R 6c and R 7c in general formula (ZI-3) described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
R x and R y have the same meanings as R x and R y in general formula (ZI-3) described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表す。
R6c及びR7cとしては、上述した一般式(ZI-3)中のR6c及びR7cと同義であり、その好ましい態様も同じである。
Rx及びRyとしては、上述した上述した一般式(ZI-3)中のRx及びRyと同義であり、その好ましい態様も同じである。 In general formula (ZI-3A),
R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an alkylthio group or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c have the same definitions as R 6c and R 7c in general formula (ZI-3) described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
R x and R y have the same meanings as R x and R y in general formula (ZI-3) described above, and preferred embodiments thereof are also the same.
R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、RxとRyは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、各々独立に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、又は、炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。また、R5c及びR6c、R5c及びRxは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよく、この環構造は、各々独立に炭素-炭素二重結合を含んでいてもよい。また、R6cとR7cは、各々結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
上記環構造としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環構造としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。 Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c and R x and R y may each be combined to form a ring structure, and this ring structure may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbon-carbon double bond. In addition, R 5c and R 6c , R 5c and R x may each combine to form a ring structure, and this ring structure may each independently contain a carbon-carbon double bond. Also, R 6c and R 7c may be combined to form a ring structure.
Examples of the ring structure include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic rings, and polycyclic condensed rings in which two or more of these rings are combined. The ring structure includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
上記環構造としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族の複素環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環構造としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。 Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c and R x and R y may each be combined to form a ring structure, and this ring structure may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbon-carbon double bond. In addition, R 5c and R 6c , R 5c and R x may each combine to form a ring structure, and this ring structure may each independently contain a carbon-carbon double bond. Also, R 6c and R 7c may be combined to form a ring structure.
Examples of the ring structure include aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon rings, aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic rings, and polycyclic condensed rings in which two or more of these rings are combined. The ring structure includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRxとRyが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基、及びペンチレン基等が挙げられる。
R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRxが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
Zc-は、アニオンを表す。 Groups formed by bonding two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. The alkylene group includes a methylene group, an ethylene group, and the like.
Zc- represents an anion.
R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRxが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
Zc-は、アニオンを表す。 Groups formed by bonding two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include a butylene group and a pentylene group.
The group formed by combining R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. The alkylene group includes a methylene group, an ethylene group, and the like.
Zc- represents an anion.
次に、化合物(ZI-4)について説明する。
化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される。 Next, compound (ZI-4) will be described.
Compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
化合物(ZI-4)は、下記一般式(ZI-4)で表される。 Next, compound (ZI-4) will be described.
Compound (ZI-4) is represented by the following general formula (ZI-4).
一般式(ZI-4)中、
lは0~2の整数を表す。
rは0~8の整数を表す。
R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル骨格を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
R14は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル骨格を有するアルコキシ基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
R15は、各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。
Z-は、アニオンを表す。 In general formula (ZI-4),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2;
r represents an integer of 0 to 8;
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl skeleton. These groups may have a substituent.
When multiple R 14 are present, each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkoxy group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl skeleton. These groups may have a substituent.
Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may be joined together to form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one aspect, two R 15 are alkylene groups, preferably joined together to form a ring structure.
Z − represents an anion.
lは0~2の整数を表す。
rは0~8の整数を表す。
R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル骨格を有する基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
R14は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又は単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル骨格を有するアルコキシ基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
R15は、各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成することが好ましい。
Z-は、アニオンを表す。 In general formula (ZI-4),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2;
r represents an integer of 0 to 8;
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl skeleton. These groups may have a substituent.
When multiple R 14 are present, each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkoxy group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl skeleton. These groups may have a substituent.
Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have a substituent. Two R 15 may be joined together to form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one aspect, two R 15 are alkylene groups, preferably joined together to form a ring structure.
Z − represents an anion.
一般式(ZI-4)において、R13、R14及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状である。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等がより好ましい。
In general formula (ZI-4), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-10. As the alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group, or the like is more preferable.
次に、一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)について説明する。
一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)中、R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
R204~R207のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
R204~R207のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が好ましい。 Next, general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.
In general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Skeletons of aryl groups having a heterocyclic structure include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl and cycloalkyl groups represented by R 204 to R 207 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl groups), or cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups).
一般式(ZII)、及び(ZIII)中、R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
R204~R207のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204~R207のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有する複素環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。複素環構造を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
R204~R207のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が好ましい。 Next, general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII) will be described.
In general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII), R 204 to R 207 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group represented by R 204 to R 207 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 to R 207 may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure containing an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Skeletons of aryl groups having a heterocyclic structure include, for example, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl and cycloalkyl groups represented by R 204 to R 207 are preferably linear alkyl groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or branched alkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, and pentyl groups), or cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (e.g., cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and norbornyl groups).
R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。
Z-は、アニオンを表す。 Each of the aryl groups, alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups of R 204 to R 207 may independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
Z − represents an anion.
Z-は、アニオンを表す。 Each of the aryl groups, alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups of R 204 to R 207 may independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have include an alkyl group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (eg, 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (eg, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (eg, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
Z − represents an anion.
一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc-、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-としては、下記一般式(3)で表されるアニオンが好ましい。
Z - in general formula (ZI), Z - in general formula (ZII), Z - in general formula (ZI-3), Zc - in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z - in general formula (ZI-4) are preferably anions represented by the following general formula (3).
一般式(3)中、
oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。 In general formula (3),
o represents an integer of 1 to 3; p represents an integer from 0 to 10; q represents an integer from 0 to 10;
oは、1~3の整数を表す。pは、0~10の整数を表す。qは、0~10の整数を表す。 In general formula (3),
o represents an integer of 1 to 3; p represents an integer from 0 to 10; q represents an integer from 0 to 10;
Xfは、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。このアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基としては、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCF3であることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。 Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in this alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. A perfluoroalkyl group is preferable as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a C 1-4 perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましく、フッ素原子又はCF3であることがより好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが更に好ましい。 Xf represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. The number of carbon atoms in this alkyl group is preferably 1-10, more preferably 1-4. A perfluoroalkyl group is preferable as the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a C 1-4 perfluoroalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 . In particular, it is more preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
R4及びR5は、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、アルキル基、又は少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。R4及びR5が複数存在する場合、R4及びR5は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
R4及びR5で表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。R4及びR5は、好ましくは水素原子である。
少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例及び好適な態様は一般式(3)中のXfの具体例及び好適な態様と同じである。 R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When multiple R 4 and R 5 are present, each of R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
The alkyl groups represented by R 4 and R 5 may have substituents and preferably have 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples and preferred aspects of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred aspects of Xf in general formula (3).
R4及びR5で表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4が好ましい。R4及びR5は、好ましくは水素原子である。
少なくとも一つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基の具体例及び好適な態様は一般式(3)中のXfの具体例及び好適な態様と同じである。 R4 and R5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. When multiple R 4 and R 5 are present, each of R 4 and R 5 may be the same or different.
The alkyl groups represented by R 4 and R 5 may have substituents and preferably have 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R 4 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
Specific examples and preferred aspects of the alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom are the same as the specific examples and preferred aspects of Xf in general formula (3).
Lは、2価の連結基を表す。Lが複数存在する場合、Lは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO2-、-COO-アルキレン基-又は-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。 L represents a divalent linking group. When there are multiple L's, each L may be the same or different.
Examples of the divalent linking group include -COO-(-C(=O)-O-), -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these. Among these, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group-, -OCO-alkylene group-, -CONH-alkylene group- or -NHCO-alkylene group- is preferable, and -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group- or -OCO-alkylene group- is more preferable.
2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-(-C(=O)-O-)、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO2-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-COO-アルキレン基-、-OCO-アルキレン基-、-CONH-アルキレン基-又は-NHCO-アルキレン基-が好ましく、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-SO2-、-COO-アルキレン基-又は-OCO-アルキレン基-がより好ましい。 L represents a divalent linking group. When there are multiple L's, each L may be the same or different.
Examples of the divalent linking group include -COO-(-C(=O)-O-), -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and a divalent linking group combining a plurality of these. Among these, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO-, -CO-, -O-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group-, -OCO-alkylene group-, -CONH-alkylene group- or -NHCO-alkylene group- is preferable, and -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, -COO-alkylene group- or -OCO-alkylene group- is more preferable.
Wは、環状構造を含む有機基を表す。これらの中でも、環状の有機基であることが好ましい。
環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。 W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Among these, a cyclic organic group is preferable.
Cyclic organic groups include, for example, alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups.
Alicyclic groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Monocyclic alicyclic groups include, for example, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of polycyclic alicyclic groups include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups. Among them, alicyclic groups having a bulky structure with 7 or more carbon atoms, such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups, are preferred.
環状の有機基としては、例えば、脂環基、アリール基、及び複素環基が挙げられる。
脂環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。単環式の脂環基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びシクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。多環式の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上の嵩高い構造を有する脂環基が好ましい。 W represents an organic group containing a cyclic structure. Among these, a cyclic organic group is preferable.
Cyclic organic groups include, for example, alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups.
Alicyclic groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Monocyclic alicyclic groups include, for example, monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Examples of polycyclic alicyclic groups include polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups. Among them, alicyclic groups having a bulky structure with 7 or more carbon atoms, such as norbornyl, tricyclodecanyl, tetracyclodecanyl, tetracyclododecanyl, and adamantyl groups, are preferred.
アリール基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。このアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フェナントリル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。
複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、前述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。 Aryl groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The aryl group includes, for example, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthryl group and anthryl group.
A heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can further suppress acid diffusion. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may or may not have aromaticity. Heterocyclic rings having aromaticity include, for example, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, and pyridine ring. Non-aromatic heterocycles include, for example, tetrahydropyran, lactone, sultone and decahydroisoquinoline rings. Examples of the lactone ring and sultone ring include the lactone structure and sultone structure exemplified in the resins described above. The heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is particularly preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
複素環基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。多環式の方がより酸の拡散を抑制可能である。また、複素環基は、芳香族性を有していてもよいし、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。芳香族性を有している複素環としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及びピリジン環が挙げられる。芳香族性を有していない複素環としては、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン環、ラクトン環、スルトン環及びデカヒドロイソキノリン環が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環の例としては、前述の樹脂において例示したラクトン構造及びスルトン構造が挙げられる。複素環基における複素環としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環、又はデカヒドロイソキノリン環が特に好ましい。 Aryl groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The aryl group includes, for example, phenyl group, naphthyl group, phenanthryl group and anthryl group.
A heterocyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The polycyclic type can further suppress acid diffusion. Moreover, the heterocyclic group may or may not have aromaticity. Heterocyclic rings having aromaticity include, for example, furan ring, thiophene ring, benzofuran ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, and pyridine ring. Non-aromatic heterocycles include, for example, tetrahydropyran, lactone, sultone and decahydroisoquinoline rings. Examples of the lactone ring and sultone ring include the lactone structure and sultone structure exemplified in the resins described above. The heterocyclic ring in the heterocyclic group is particularly preferably a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyridine ring, or a decahydroisoquinoline ring.
上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、及び、スピロ環のいずれであってもよく、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及びスルホン酸エステル基が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。
The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include alkyl groups (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic, or spirocyclic, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl groups (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxyl groups, alkoxy groups, ester groups, amide groups, urethane groups, ureido groups, thioether groups, sulfonamide groups, and sulfonate ester groups. In addition, carbonyl carbon may be sufficient as carbon (carbon which contributes to ring formation) which comprises a cyclic|annular organic group.
一般式(3)で表されるアニオンとしては、SO3
--CF2-CH2-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO3
--CF2-CHF-CH2-OCO-(L)q’-W、SO3
--CF2-COO-(L)q’-W、SO3
--CF2-CF2-CH2-CH2-(L)q-W、SO3
--CF2-CH(CF3)-OCO-(L)q’-Wが好ましい。ここで、L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。q’は、0~10の整数を表す。
The anions represented by the general formula (3) include SO 3 − —CF 2 —CH 2 —OCO-(L)q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —CHF—CH 2 —OCO-(L ) q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —COO-(L)q′-W, SO 3 — —CF 2 —CF 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —(L)qW, SO 3 — —C F 2 -CH(CF 3 )-OCO-(L)q'-W is preferred. Here, L, q and W are the same as in general formula (3). q' represents an integer from 0 to 10;
一態様において、一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc-、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-としては、下記の一般式(4)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。
In one embodiment, Z − in general formula (ZI), Z − in general formula (ZII), Z − in general formula (ZI-3), Zc − in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z − in general formula (ZI-4) are also preferably anions represented by the following general formula (4).
一般式(4)中、
XB1及びXB2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基を表す。XB1及びXB2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
XB3及びXB4は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。XB3及びXB4の少なくとも一方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることが好ましく、XB3及びXB4の両方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。XB3及びXB4の両方が、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。 In general formula (4),
X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, more preferably both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are fluorine-substituted alkyl groups.
L, q and W are the same as in general formula (3).
XB1及びXB2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子を有さない1価の有機基を表す。XB1及びXB2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
XB3及びXB4は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。XB3及びXB4の少なくとも一方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることが好ましく、XB3及びXB4の両方がフッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する1価の有機基であることがより好ましい。XB3及びXB4の両方が、フッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
L、q及びWは、一般式(3)と同様である。 In general formula (4),
X B1 and X B2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group having no fluorine atom. X B1 and X B2 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
X B3 and X B4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. At least one of X B3 and X B4 is preferably a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom, more preferably both X B3 and X B4 are a fluorine atom or a monovalent organic group having a fluorine atom. More preferably, both X B3 and X B4 are fluorine-substituted alkyl groups.
L, q and W are the same as in general formula (3).
一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc-、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-は、ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであってもよく、分岐鎖状アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基によって置換されたベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンであることが好ましい。
Z − in general formula (ZI), Z − in general formula (ZII), Z − in general formula (ZI-3), Zc − in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z − in general formula (ZI-4) may be a benzenesulfonate anion, preferably a benzenesulfonate anion substituted with a branched-chain alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
一般式(ZI)におけるZ-、一般式(ZII)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc-、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-としては、下記の一般式(SA1)で表される芳香族スルホン酸アニオンも好ましい。
Z - in general formula (ZI), Z - in general formula (ZII), Z - in general formula ( ZI-3), Zc - in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z - in general formula (ZI-4) are also preferably aromatic sulfonate anions represented by the following general formula (SA1).
式(SA1)中、
Arは、アリール基を表し、スルホン酸アニオン及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を更に有していてもよい。更に有してもよい置換基としては、フッ素原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。 In formula (SA1),
Ar represents an aryl group and may further have a substituent other than the sulfonate anion and -(D-B) group. Substituents which may be further included include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
Arは、アリール基を表し、スルホン酸アニオン及び-(D-B)基以外の置換基を更に有していてもよい。更に有してもよい置換基としては、フッ素原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。 In formula (SA1),
Ar represents an aryl group and may further have a substituent other than the sulfonate anion and -(D-B) group. Substituents which may be further included include a fluorine atom and a hydroxyl group.
nは、0以上の整数を表す。nとしては、1~4が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、3が更に好ましい。
n represents an integer of 0 or more. n is preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 2 to 3, and still more preferably 3.
Dは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、エーテル基、チオエーテル基、カルボニル基、スルホキシド基、スルホン基、スルホン酸エステル基、エステル基、及び、これらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる基等が挙げられる。
D represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Examples of divalent linking groups include ether groups, thioether groups, carbonyl groups, sulfoxide groups, sulfone groups, sulfonate ester groups, ester groups, and groups consisting of combinations of two or more thereof.
Bは、炭化水素基を表す。
B represents a hydrocarbon group.
好ましくは、Dは単結合であり、Bは脂肪族炭化水素構造である。Bは、イソプロピル基又はシクロヘキシル基がより好ましい。
Preferably, D is a single bond and B is an aliphatic hydrocarbon structure. B is more preferably an isopropyl group or a cyclohexyl group.
一般式(ZI)におけるスルホニウムカチオン、及び一般式(ZII)におけるヨードニウムカチオンの好ましい例を以下に示す。
Preferable examples of the sulfonium cation in general formula (ZI) and the iodonium cation in general formula (ZII) are shown below.
一般式(ZI)、一般式(ZII)におけるアニオンZ-、一般式(ZI-3)におけるZ-、一般式(ZI-3A)におけるZc-、及び一般式(ZI-4)におけるZ-の好ましい例を以下に示す。
Preferable examples of the anion Z − in general formula (ZI) and general formula (ZII), Z − in general formula (ZI-3), Zc − in general formula (ZI-3A), and Z − in general formula (ZI-4) are shown below.
上記のカチオン及びアニオンを任意に組みわせて光酸発生剤として使用できる。
Any combination of the above cations and anions can be used as a photoacid generator.
上記のカチオン又はアニオンは、ラクトン基を有していても良い。
ラクトン基としては、ラクトン構造を有していればいずれの基でも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環ラクトン構造を有する基であり、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、又は、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものが好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造を有する基がより好ましい。ラクトン構造としては、一般式(LC1-1)、一般式(LC1-4)、一般式(LC1-5)、一般式(LC1-6)、一般式(LC1-13)、及び、一般式(LC1-14)で表される基が好ましい。 The above cations or anions may have a lactone group.
As the lactone group, any group having a lactone structure can be used, but a group having a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure is preferable, and the 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is preferably condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. A group having a lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) is more preferred. As the lactone structure, groups represented by general formula (LC1-1), general formula (LC1-4), general formula (LC1-5), general formula (LC1-6), general formula (LC1-13), and general formula (LC1-14) are preferred.
ラクトン基としては、ラクトン構造を有していればいずれの基でも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環ラクトン構造を有する基であり、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、又は、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものが好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造を有する基がより好ましい。ラクトン構造としては、一般式(LC1-1)、一般式(LC1-4)、一般式(LC1-5)、一般式(LC1-6)、一般式(LC1-13)、及び、一般式(LC1-14)で表される基が好ましい。 The above cations or anions may have a lactone group.
As the lactone group, any group having a lactone structure can be used, but a group having a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure is preferable, and the 5- to 7-membered lactone structure is preferably condensed with another ring structure to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. A group having a lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) is more preferred. As the lactone structure, groups represented by general formula (LC1-1), general formula (LC1-4), general formula (LC1-5), general formula (LC1-6), general formula (LC1-13), and general formula (LC1-14) are preferred.
ラクトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb2)を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb2)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、及び、酸分解性基等が挙げられる。n2は、0~4の整数を表す。n2が2以上の時、複数存在するRb2は、異なっていてもよく、また、複数存在するRb2同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。
The lactone structure portion may have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl groups having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, cyano groups, and acid-decomposable groups. n2 represents an integer of 0-4. When n2 is 2 or more, multiple Rb 2 may be different, and multiple Rb 2 may combine to form a ring.
上記光酸発生剤から生成される酸のpKaが-10以上5以下であることが好ましく、-5以上1以下であることが更に好ましい。
The pKa of the acid generated from the photoacid generator is preferably -10 or more and 5 or less, more preferably -5 or more and 1 or less.
光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下が更に好ましい。
光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low-molecular-weight compound, or may be in the form of being incorporated into a part of the polymer. Moreover, the form of a low-molecular-weight compound and the form incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used in combination.
The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low-molecular-weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, even more preferably 1,000 or less.
A photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であることが好ましい。
光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下が更に好ましい。
光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low-molecular-weight compound, or may be in the form of being incorporated into a part of the polymer. Moreover, the form of a low-molecular-weight compound and the form incorporated into a part of a polymer may be used in combination.
The photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low-molecular-weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, even more preferably 1,000 or less.
A photo-acid generator may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.
化合物(C)は、化合物(I)~(II)からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つであることも好ましい。
Compound (C) is also preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of compounds (I) to (II).
(化合物(I))
化合物(I)は、1つ以上の下記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Yを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、下記構造部位Xに由来する下記第1の酸性部位と下記構造部位Yに由来する下記第2の酸性部位とを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
構造部位X:アニオン部位A1 -とカチオン部位M1 +とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、HA1で表される第1の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
構造部位Y:アニオン部位A2 -とカチオン部位M2 +とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、HA2で表される第2の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
上記化合物(I)は、下記条件Iを満たす。 (Compound (I))
Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and is a compound that generates an acid containing the following first acidic moieties derived from the following structural moieties X and the following second acidic moieties derived from the following structural moieties Y upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Structural site X: A structural site consisting of an anionic site A 1 − and a cationic site M 1 + and forming a first acidic site represented by HA 1 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Structural site Y: A structural site consisting of an anionic site A 2 − and a cation site M 2 + and forming a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
化合物(I)は、1つ以上の下記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Yを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、下記構造部位Xに由来する下記第1の酸性部位と下記構造部位Yに由来する下記第2の酸性部位とを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
構造部位X:アニオン部位A1 -とカチオン部位M1 +とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、HA1で表される第1の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
構造部位Y:アニオン部位A2 -とカチオン部位M2 +とからなり、且つ活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、HA2で表される第2の酸性部位を形成する構造部位
上記化合物(I)は、下記条件Iを満たす。 (Compound (I))
Compound (I) is a compound having one or more of the following structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Y, and is a compound that generates an acid containing the following first acidic moieties derived from the following structural moieties X and the following second acidic moieties derived from the following structural moieties Y upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Structural site X: A structural site consisting of an anionic site A 1 − and a cationic site M 1 + and forming a first acidic site represented by HA 1 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Structural site Y: A structural site consisting of an anionic site A 2 − and a cation site M 2 + and forming a second acidic site represented by HA 2 upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
条件I:上記化合物(I)において上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M1
+及び上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M2
+をH+に置き換えてなる化合物PIが、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M1
+をH+に置き換えてなるHA1で表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a1と、上記構造部位Y中の上記カチオン部位M2
+をH+に置き換えてなるHA2で表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a2とを有し、且つ、上記酸解離定数a1よりも上記酸解離定数a2の方が大きい。
Condition I: The compound PI obtained by replacing the cation site M 1 + in the structural site X and the cation site M 2 + in the structural site Y in the compound (I) with H + is represented by HA 2 in which the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site is represented by HA 1 in which the cation site M 1 + in the structural site X is replaced by H + and HA 2 in which the cation site M 2 + in the structural site Y is replaced by H + . It has an acid dissociation constant a2 derived from an acidic site, and the acid dissociation constant a2 is greater than the acid dissociation constant a1.
以下において、条件Iをより具体的に説明する。
化合物(I)が、例えば、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を1つと、上記構造部位Yに由来する上記第2の酸性部位を1つ有する酸を発生する化合物である場合、化合物PIは「HA1とHA2とを有する化合物」に該当する。
化合物PIの酸解離定数a1及び酸解離定数a2とは、より具体的に説明すると、化合物PIの酸解離定数を求めた場合において、化合物PIが「A1 -とHA2とを有する化合物」となる際のpKaが酸解離定数a1であり、上記「A1 -とHA2とを有する化合物」が「A1 -とA2 -とを有する化合物」となる際のpKaが酸解離定数a2である。 Condition I will be described in more detail below.
For example, when compound (I) is a compound that generates an acid having one first acidic site derived from structural site X and one second acidic site derived from structural site Y, compound PI corresponds to "a compound having HA 1 and HA 2 ".
More specifically, when the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 of the compound PI are determined, the pKa when the compound PI becomes a "compound containing A 1 - and HA 2 " is the acid dissociation constant a1, and the pKa when the above "compound containing A 1 - and HA 2 " becomes a "compound containing A 1 - and A 2 - " is the acid dissociation constant a2.
化合物(I)が、例えば、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を1つと、上記構造部位Yに由来する上記第2の酸性部位を1つ有する酸を発生する化合物である場合、化合物PIは「HA1とHA2とを有する化合物」に該当する。
化合物PIの酸解離定数a1及び酸解離定数a2とは、より具体的に説明すると、化合物PIの酸解離定数を求めた場合において、化合物PIが「A1 -とHA2とを有する化合物」となる際のpKaが酸解離定数a1であり、上記「A1 -とHA2とを有する化合物」が「A1 -とA2 -とを有する化合物」となる際のpKaが酸解離定数a2である。 Condition I will be described in more detail below.
For example, when compound (I) is a compound that generates an acid having one first acidic site derived from structural site X and one second acidic site derived from structural site Y, compound PI corresponds to "a compound having HA 1 and HA 2 ".
More specifically, when the acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 of the compound PI are determined, the pKa when the compound PI becomes a "compound containing A 1 - and HA 2 " is the acid dissociation constant a1, and the pKa when the above "compound containing A 1 - and HA 2 " becomes a "compound containing A 1 - and A 2 - " is the acid dissociation constant a2.
化合物(I)が、例えば、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つと、上記構造部位Yに由来する上記第2の酸性部位を1つと有する酸を発生する化合物である場合、化合物PIは「2つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」に該当する。
化合物PIの酸解離定数を求めた場合、化合物PIが「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数、及び「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」が「2つのA1 -と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が、上述の酸解離定数a1に該当する。「2つのA1 -と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」が「2つのA1 -とA2 -を有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が酸解離定数a2に該当する。つまり、化合物PIの場合、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M1 +をH+に置き換えてなるHA1で表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数を複数有する場合、複数の酸解離定数a1のうち最も大きい値よりも、酸解離定数a2の値の方が大きい。なお、化合物PIが「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数をaaとし、「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」が「2つのA1 -と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数をabとしたとき、aa及びabの関係は、aa<abを満たす。 For example, when compound (I) is a compound that generates an acid having two first acidic sites derived from structural site X and one second acidic site derived from structural site Y, compound PI corresponds to "a compound having two HA 1 and one HA 2 ".
When the acid dissociation constant of the compound PI is determined, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PI becomes "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2" and the acid dissociation constant when "a compound having one A 1 -, one HA 1 and one HA 2 " becomes a "compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " correspond to the acid dissociation constant a1 described above. The acid dissociation constant when "a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 -" becomes "a compound having two A 1 - and A 2 - " corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a2. That is, in the case of compound PI, when it has a plurality of acid dissociation constants derived from the acidic site HA 1 obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + in the structural site X with H + , the value of the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the largest value among the plurality of acid dissociation constants a1. When the acid dissociation constant when the compound PI becomes a "compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " is aa, and the acid dissociation constant when the "compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " is a "compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " is ab, the relationship between aa and ab satisfies aa<ab.
化合物PIの酸解離定数を求めた場合、化合物PIが「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数、及び「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」が「2つのA1 -と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が、上述の酸解離定数a1に該当する。「2つのA1 -と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」が「2つのA1 -とA2 -を有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が酸解離定数a2に該当する。つまり、化合物PIの場合、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M1 +をH+に置き換えてなるHA1で表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数を複数有する場合、複数の酸解離定数a1のうち最も大きい値よりも、酸解離定数a2の値の方が大きい。なお、化合物PIが「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数をaaとし、「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」が「2つのA1 -と1つのHA2とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数をabとしたとき、aa及びabの関係は、aa<abを満たす。 For example, when compound (I) is a compound that generates an acid having two first acidic sites derived from structural site X and one second acidic site derived from structural site Y, compound PI corresponds to "a compound having two HA 1 and one HA 2 ".
When the acid dissociation constant of the compound PI is determined, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PI becomes "a compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2" and the acid dissociation constant when "a compound having one A 1 -, one HA 1 and one HA 2 " becomes a "compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " correspond to the acid dissociation constant a1 described above. The acid dissociation constant when "a compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 -" becomes "a compound having two A 1 - and A 2 - " corresponds to the acid dissociation constant a2. That is, in the case of compound PI, when it has a plurality of acid dissociation constants derived from the acidic site HA 1 obtained by replacing the cationic site M 1 + in the structural site X with H + , the value of the acid dissociation constant a2 is larger than the largest value among the plurality of acid dissociation constants a1. When the acid dissociation constant when the compound PI becomes a "compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " is aa, and the acid dissociation constant when the "compound having one A 1 - , one HA 1 and one HA 2 " is a "compound having two A 1 - and one HA 2 " is ab, the relationship between aa and ab satisfies aa<ab.
酸解離定数a1及び酸解離定数a2は、上述した酸解離定数の測定方法により求められる。
上記化合物PIとは、化合物(I)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
化合物(I)が2つ以上の構造部位Xを有する場合、構造部位Xは、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A1 -、及び2つ以上の上記M1 +は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
化合物(I)中、上記A1 -及び上記A2 -、並びに、上記M1 +及び上記M2 +は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、上記A1 -及び上記A2 -は、それぞれ異なっていることが好ましい。 The acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 are determined by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above.
The above compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
When compound (I) has two or more structural moieties X, the structural moieties X may be the same or different. Two or more of A 1 − and two or more of M 1 + may be the same or different.
In compound (I), A 1 - and A 2 - , and M 1 + and M 2 + may be the same or different, but A 1 - and A 2 - are preferably different.
上記化合物PIとは、化合物(I)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
化合物(I)が2つ以上の構造部位Xを有する場合、構造部位Xは、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また、2つ以上の上記A1 -、及び2つ以上の上記M1 +は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
化合物(I)中、上記A1 -及び上記A2 -、並びに、上記M1 +及び上記M2 +は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、上記A1 -及び上記A2 -は、それぞれ異なっていることが好ましい。 The acid dissociation constant a1 and the acid dissociation constant a2 are determined by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above.
The above compound PI corresponds to an acid generated when compound (I) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
When compound (I) has two or more structural moieties X, the structural moieties X may be the same or different. Two or more of A 1 − and two or more of M 1 + may be the same or different.
In compound (I), A 1 - and A 2 - , and M 1 + and M 2 + may be the same or different, but A 1 - and A 2 - are preferably different.
上記化合物PIにおいて、酸解離定数a1(酸解離定数a1が複数存在する場合はその最大値)と酸解離定数a2との差(絶対値)は、0.1以上が好ましく、0.5以上がより好ましく、1.0以上が更に好ましい。なお、酸解離定数a1(酸解離定数a1が複数存在する場合はその最大値)と酸解離定数a2との差(絶対値)の上限値は特に制限されないが、例えば、16以下である。
In the compound PI, the difference (absolute value) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value when there are multiple acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.5 or more, and even more preferably 1.0 or more. The upper limit of the difference (absolute value) between the acid dissociation constant a1 (the maximum value if there are a plurality of acid dissociation constants a1) and the acid dissociation constant a2 is not particularly limited, but is, for example, 16 or less.
上記化合物PIにおいて、酸解離定数a2は、20以下が好ましく、15以下がより好ましい。なお、酸解離定数a2の下限値としては、-4.0以上が好ましい。
In the compound PI, the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less. The lower limit of the acid dissociation constant a2 is preferably -4.0 or more.
上記化合物PIにおいて、酸解離定数a1は、2.0以下が好ましく、0以下がより好ましい。なお、酸解離定数a1の下限値としては、-20.0以上が好ましい。
In the above compound PI, the acid dissociation constant a1 is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 0 or less. The lower limit of the acid dissociation constant a1 is preferably −20.0 or more.
アニオン部位A1
-及びアニオン部位A2
-は、負電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、例えば、以下に示す式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及び式(BB-1)~(BB-6)からなる群から選ばれる構造部位が挙げられる。
アニオン部位A1 -としては、酸解離定数の小さい酸性部位を形成し得るものが好ましく、なかでも、式(AA-1)~(AA-3)のいずれかであることがより好ましく、式(AA-1)及び(AA-3)のいずれかであることが更に好ましい。
また、アニオン部位A2 -としては、アニオン部位A1 -よりも酸解離定数の大きい酸性部位を形成し得るものが好ましく、式(BB-1)~(BB-6)のいずれかであることがより好ましく、式(BB-1)及び(BB-4)のいずれかであることが更に好ましい。
なお、以下の式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及び式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中、*は、結合位置を表す。
式(AA-2)中、RAは、1価の有機基を表す。RAで表される1価の有機基は特に制限されないが、例えば、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、及びメタンスルホニル基が挙げられる。 Anion site A 1 - and anion site A 2 - are structural sites containing negatively charged atoms or atomic groups, and examples thereof include structural sites selected from the group consisting of formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6) shown below.
The anion site A 1 - is preferably one capable of forming an acidic site with a small acid dissociation constant, more preferably one of the formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3), more preferably one of the formulas (AA-1) and (AA-3).
The anion site A 2 - is preferably one capable of forming an acidic site having a larger acid dissociation constant than the anion site A 1 - , more preferably any one of the formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), further preferably any one of the formulas (BB-1) and (BB-4).
In formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6) below, * represents a bonding position.
In formula (AA-2), RA represents a monovalent organic group. Although the monovalent organic group represented by RA is not particularly limited, examples thereof include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group and a methanesulfonyl group.
アニオン部位A1 -としては、酸解離定数の小さい酸性部位を形成し得るものが好ましく、なかでも、式(AA-1)~(AA-3)のいずれかであることがより好ましく、式(AA-1)及び(AA-3)のいずれかであることが更に好ましい。
また、アニオン部位A2 -としては、アニオン部位A1 -よりも酸解離定数の大きい酸性部位を形成し得るものが好ましく、式(BB-1)~(BB-6)のいずれかであることがより好ましく、式(BB-1)及び(BB-4)のいずれかであることが更に好ましい。
なお、以下の式(AA-1)~(AA-3)及び式(BB-1)~(BB-6)中、*は、結合位置を表す。
式(AA-2)中、RAは、1価の有機基を表す。RAで表される1価の有機基は特に制限されないが、例えば、シアノ基、トリフルオロメチル基、及びメタンスルホニル基が挙げられる。 Anion site A 1 - and anion site A 2 - are structural sites containing negatively charged atoms or atomic groups, and examples thereof include structural sites selected from the group consisting of formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6) shown below.
The anion site A 1 - is preferably one capable of forming an acidic site with a small acid dissociation constant, more preferably one of the formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3), more preferably one of the formulas (AA-1) and (AA-3).
The anion site A 2 - is preferably one capable of forming an acidic site having a larger acid dissociation constant than the anion site A 1 - , more preferably any one of the formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6), further preferably any one of the formulas (BB-1) and (BB-4).
In formulas (AA-1) to (AA-3) and formulas (BB-1) to (BB-6) below, * represents a bonding position.
In formula (AA-2), RA represents a monovalent organic group. Although the monovalent organic group represented by RA is not particularly limited, examples thereof include a cyano group, a trifluoromethyl group and a methanesulfonyl group.
カチオン部位M1
+及びカチオン部位M2
+は、正電荷を帯びた原子又は原子団を含む構造部位であり、例えば、電荷が1価の有機カチオンが挙げられる。なお、有機カチオンとしては、例えば、上述したM+で表される有機カチオンが挙げられる。
The cation site M 1 + and the cation site M 2 + are structural sites containing positively charged atoms or atomic groups, such as monovalent organic cations. Examples of organic cations include organic cations represented by M + described above.
(化合物(II))
化合物(II)は、2つ以上の上記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Zを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つ以上と上記構造部位Zとを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
構造部位Z:酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位 (Compound (II))
Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Z, and is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more of the above first acidic moieties derived from the above structural moieties X and the above structural moieties Z upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
Structural site Z: nonionic site capable of neutralizing acid
化合物(II)は、2つ以上の上記構造部位X及び1つ以上の下記構造部位Zを有する化合物であって、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つ以上と上記構造部位Zとを含む酸を発生する化合物である。
構造部位Z:酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位 (Compound (II))
Compound (II) is a compound having two or more of the above structural moieties X and one or more of the following structural moieties Z, and is a compound that generates an acid containing two or more of the above first acidic moieties derived from the above structural moieties X and the above structural moieties Z upon exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
Structural site Z: nonionic site capable of neutralizing acid
化合物(II)中、構造部位Xの定義、並びに、A1
-及びM1
+の定義は、上述した化合物(I)中の構造部位Xの定義、並びに、A1
-及びM1
+の定義と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
The definition of structural site X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (II) are the same as the definition of structural site X and the definitions of A 1 - and M 1 + in compound (I) described above, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
上記化合物(II)において上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M1
+をH+に置き換えてなる化合物PIIにおいて、上記構造部位X中の上記カチオン部位M1
+をH+に置き換えてなるHA1で表される酸性部位に由来する酸解離定数a1の好適範囲については、上記化合物PIにおける酸解離定数a1と同じである。
なお、化合物(II)が、例えば、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つと上記構造部位Zとを有する酸を発生する化合物である場合、化合物PIIは「2つのHA1を有する化合物」に該当する。この化合物PIIの酸解離定数を求めた場合、化合物PIIが「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数、及び「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1とを有する化合物」が「2つのA1 -を有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が、酸解離定数a1に該当する。 In the compound PII , which is obtained by replacing the cationic site M + in the structural site X with H + in the compound (II), the preferred range of the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 in which the cationic site M + in the structural site X is replaced with H + is the same as the acid dissociation constant a1 in the compound PI.
When compound (II) is, for example, a compound that generates an acid having two first acidic sites derived from structural site X and structural site Z, compound PII corresponds to "a compound having two HA 1 ". When the acid dissociation constant of this compound PII is determined, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PII becomes a "compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " and the acid dissociation constant when a "compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " becomes a "compound having two A 1 - " correspond to the acid dissociation constant a1.
なお、化合物(II)が、例えば、上記構造部位Xに由来する上記第1の酸性部位を2つと上記構造部位Zとを有する酸を発生する化合物である場合、化合物PIIは「2つのHA1を有する化合物」に該当する。この化合物PIIの酸解離定数を求めた場合、化合物PIIが「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1とを有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数、及び「1つのA1 -と1つのHA1とを有する化合物」が「2つのA1 -を有する化合物」となる際の酸解離定数が、酸解離定数a1に該当する。 In the compound PII , which is obtained by replacing the cationic site M + in the structural site X with H + in the compound (II), the preferred range of the acid dissociation constant a1 derived from the acidic site represented by HA 1 in which the cationic site M + in the structural site X is replaced with H + is the same as the acid dissociation constant a1 in the compound PI.
When compound (II) is, for example, a compound that generates an acid having two first acidic sites derived from structural site X and structural site Z, compound PII corresponds to "a compound having two HA 1 ". When the acid dissociation constant of this compound PII is determined, the acid dissociation constant when the compound PII becomes a "compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " and the acid dissociation constant when a "compound having one A 1 - and one HA 1 " becomes a "compound having two A 1 - " correspond to the acid dissociation constant a1.
酸解離定数a1は、上述した酸解離定数の測定方法により求められる。
上記化合物PIIとは、化合物(II)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
なお、上記2つ以上の構造部位Xは、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。2つ以上の上記A1 -、及び2つ以上の上記M1 +は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The acid dissociation constant a1 is obtained by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above.
The above compound PII corresponds to an acid generated when compound (II) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
The two or more structural sites X may be the same or different. Two or more of A 1 − and two or more of M 1 + may be the same or different.
上記化合物PIIとは、化合物(II)に活性光線又は放射線を照射した場合に、発生する酸に該当する。
なお、上記2つ以上の構造部位Xは、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。2つ以上の上記A1 -、及び2つ以上の上記M1 +は、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 The acid dissociation constant a1 is obtained by the method for measuring the acid dissociation constant described above.
The above compound PII corresponds to an acid generated when compound (II) is irradiated with actinic rays or radiation.
The two or more structural sites X may be the same or different. Two or more of A 1 − and two or more of M 1 + may be the same or different.
構造部位Z中の酸を中和可能な非イオン性の部位としては特に制限されず、例えば、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基、又は、電子を有する官能基を含む部位であることが好ましい。
プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基、又は、電子を有する官能基としては、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又は、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基が挙げられる。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The acid-neutralizing nonionic site in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or a site containing a functional group having electrons.
Groups capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or functional groups having electrons include functional groups having macrocyclic structures such as cyclic polyethers, or functional groups having nitrogen atoms with lone pairs of electrons that do not contribute to π conjugation. A nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to π-conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基、又は、電子を有する官能基としては、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又は、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基が挙げられる。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The acid-neutralizing nonionic site in the structural site Z is not particularly limited, and is preferably, for example, a group capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or a site containing a functional group having electrons.
Groups capable of electrostatically interacting with protons or functional groups having electrons include functional groups having macrocyclic structures such as cyclic polyethers, or functional groups having nitrogen atoms with lone pairs of electrons that do not contribute to π conjugation. A nitrogen atom having a lone pair of electrons that does not contribute to π-conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure represented by the following formula.
プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基又は電子を有する官能基の部分構造としては、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及びピラジン構造が挙げられ、なかでも、1~3級アミン構造が好ましい。
Examples of partial structures of functional groups having electrons or groups capable of electrostatically interacting with protons include crown ether structures, azacrown ether structures, primary to tertiary amine structures, pyridine structures, imidazole structures, and pyrazine structures, among which primary to tertiary amine structures are preferred.
化合物(I)及び化合物(II)が有し得る、カチオン以外の部位を例示する。
Examples of moieties other than cations that compound (I) and compound (II) may have.
以下に化合物(C)の具体例を示すが、これに限定されない。
Specific examples of compound (C) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
本発明の組成物中、(C)成分(光酸発生剤)の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、本発明の組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~35質量%が好ましく、0.5~25質量%がより好ましく、1~20質量%が更に好ましく、1~15質量%が特に好ましい。
光酸発生剤として、上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含有する場合、組成物中に含まれる光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、1~35質量%が好ましく、1~30質量%がより好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the component (C) (photoacid generator) (the total when multiple types are present) is based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
As a photoacid generator, when the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) is contained, the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition (if there are multiple types, the total) is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
光酸発生剤として、上記一般式(ZI-3)又は(ZI-4)で表される化合物を含有する場合、組成物中に含まれる光酸発生剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、1~35質量%が好ましく、1~30質量%がより好ましい。 In the composition of the present invention, the content of the component (C) (photoacid generator) (the total when multiple types are present) is based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
As a photoacid generator, when the compound represented by the general formula (ZI-3) or (ZI-4) is contained, the content of the photoacid generator contained in the composition (if there are multiple types, the total) is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, more preferably 1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
<酸拡散制御剤>
本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。
酸拡散制御剤は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。
酸拡散制御剤の種類は特に制限されず、例えば、塩基性化合物(CA)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(CB)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸拡散制御能が低下又は消失する化合物(CC)が挙げられる。
化合物(CC)としては、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩化合物(CD)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(CE)が挙げられる。
塩基性化合物(CA)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0132]~[0136]に記載のものが挙げられ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(CE)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0137]~[0155]に記載のもの、及び国際公開第2020/066824号公報の段落[0164]に記載のものが挙げられ、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(CB)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0156]~[0163]に記載のものが挙げられる。
光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩化合物(CD)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/158337号の段落[0305]~[0314]に記載のものが挙げられる。 <Acid diffusion control agent>
The composition of the present invention may contain an acid diffusion control agent.
The acid diffusion control agent traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator or the like during exposure, and acts as a quencher that suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to excess generated acid.
The type of acid diffusion control agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include basic compounds (CA), low-molecular-weight compounds (CB) having a group that has a nitrogen atom and leaves by the action of an acid, and compounds (CC) whose acid diffusion control ability is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Examples of the compound (CC) include onium salt compounds (CD), which are relatively weak acids with respect to the photoacid generator, and basic compounds (CE), whose basicity is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Specific examples of the basic compound (CA) include, for example, those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of WO 2020/066824, and specific examples of the basic compound (CE) whose basicity is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of WO 2020/066824, and WO 2020/ Those described in paragraph [0164] of JP-A-066824 can be mentioned, and specific examples of the low-molecular compound (CB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that leaves under the action of an acid include those described in paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824.
Specific examples of the onium salt compound (CD), which is a relatively weak acid with respect to the photoacid generator, include those described in paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of WO2020/158337.
本発明の組成物は、酸拡散制御剤を含んでいてもよい。
酸拡散制御剤は、露光時に光酸発生剤等から発生する酸をトラップし、余分な発生酸による、未露光部における酸分解性樹脂の反応を抑制するクエンチャーとして作用する。
酸拡散制御剤の種類は特に制限されず、例えば、塩基性化合物(CA)、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(CB)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸拡散制御能が低下又は消失する化合物(CC)が挙げられる。
化合物(CC)としては、光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩化合物(CD)、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(CE)が挙げられる。
塩基性化合物(CA)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0132]~[0136]に記載のものが挙げられ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により塩基性が低下又は消失する塩基性化合物(CE)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0137]~[0155]に記載のもの、及び国際公開第2020/066824号公報の段落[0164]に記載のものが挙げられ、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(CB)の具体例としては、国際公開第2020/066824号の段落[0156]~[0163]に記載のものが挙げられる。
光酸発生剤に対して相対的に弱酸となるオニウム塩化合物(CD)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2020/158337号の段落[0305]~[0314]に記載のものが挙げられる。 <Acid diffusion control agent>
The composition of the present invention may contain an acid diffusion control agent.
The acid diffusion control agent traps the acid generated from the photoacid generator or the like during exposure, and acts as a quencher that suppresses the reaction of the acid-decomposable resin in the unexposed area due to excess generated acid.
The type of acid diffusion control agent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include basic compounds (CA), low-molecular-weight compounds (CB) having a group that has a nitrogen atom and leaves by the action of an acid, and compounds (CC) whose acid diffusion control ability is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Examples of the compound (CC) include onium salt compounds (CD), which are relatively weak acids with respect to the photoacid generator, and basic compounds (CE), whose basicity is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Specific examples of the basic compound (CA) include, for example, those described in paragraphs [0132] to [0136] of WO 2020/066824, and specific examples of the basic compound (CE) whose basicity is reduced or lost by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation include those described in paragraphs [0137] to [0155] of WO 2020/066824, and WO 2020/ Those described in paragraph [0164] of JP-A-066824 can be mentioned, and specific examples of the low-molecular compound (CB) having a nitrogen atom and a group that leaves under the action of an acid include those described in paragraphs [0156] to [0163] of International Publication No. 2020/066824.
Specific examples of the onium salt compound (CD), which is a relatively weak acid with respect to the photoacid generator, include those described in paragraphs [0305] to [0314] of WO2020/158337.
上記以外にも、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号の段落[0627]~[0664]、米国特許出願公開2015/0004544A1号の段落[0095]~[0187]、米国特許出願公開2016/0237190A1号の段落[0403]~[0423]、及び米国特許出願公開2016/0274458A1号の段落[0259]~[0328]に開示された公知の化合物を酸拡散制御剤として好適に使用できる。
In addition to the above, for example, paragraphs [0627] to [0664] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1, paragraphs [0095] to [0187] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2015/0004544A1, paragraphs [0403] to [0423] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0237190A1, and US Patent Application Publication No. 2016 The known compounds disclosed in paragraphs [0259] to [0328] of JP/0274458A1 can be suitably used as the acid diffusion control agent.
本発明の組成物に酸拡散制御剤が含まれる場合、酸拡散制御剤の含有量(複数種存在する場合はその合計)は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.1~15.0質量%が好ましく、1.0~15.0質量%がより好ましい。
本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the composition of the present invention contains an acid diffusion control agent, the content of the acid diffusion control agent (the total when multiple types are present) is preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 15.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
In the composition of the present invention, one type of acid diffusion control agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
本発明の組成物において、酸拡散制御剤は1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 When the composition of the present invention contains an acid diffusion control agent, the content of the acid diffusion control agent (the total when multiple types are present) is preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 15.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
In the composition of the present invention, one type of acid diffusion control agent may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination.
<疎水性樹脂>
本発明の組成物は、更に、樹脂(A)とは異なる疎水性樹脂(「疎水性樹脂(D)」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。
疎水性樹脂(D)はレジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質及び非極性物質の均一な混合に寄与しなくてもよい。
疎水性樹脂(D)の添加による効果として、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的及び動的な接触角の制御、並びに、アウトガスの抑制が挙げられる。 <Hydrophobic resin>
The composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)”) different from resin (A).
The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike surfactants, it does not necessarily have a hydrophilic group in its molecule, and it does not have to contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
The effects of adding the hydrophobic resin (D) include control of the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to water, and suppression of outgassing.
本発明の組成物は、更に、樹脂(A)とは異なる疎水性樹脂(「疎水性樹脂(D)」ともいう。)を含んでいてもよい。
疎水性樹脂(D)はレジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質及び非極性物質の均一な混合に寄与しなくてもよい。
疎水性樹脂(D)の添加による効果として、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的及び動的な接触角の制御、並びに、アウトガスの抑制が挙げられる。 <Hydrophobic resin>
The composition of the present invention may further contain a hydrophobic resin (also referred to as “hydrophobic resin (D)”) different from resin (A).
The hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike surfactants, it does not necessarily have a hydrophilic group in its molecule, and it does not have to contribute to uniform mixing of polar and non-polar substances.
The effects of adding the hydrophobic resin (D) include control of the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to water, and suppression of outgassing.
疎水性樹脂(D)は、膜表層への偏在化の点から、フッ素原子、珪素原子、及び、樹脂の側鎖部分に含まれたCH3部分構造のいずれか1種以上を有するのが好ましく、2種以上を有することがより好ましい。上記疎水性樹脂は、炭素数5以上の炭化水素基を有することが好ましい。これらの基は樹脂の主鎖中に有していても、側鎖に置換していてもよい。
疎水性樹脂(D)としては、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0275]~[0279]に記載される化合物が挙げられる。 From the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface layer, the hydrophobic resin (D) preferably has one or more of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH3 partial structures contained in the side chain portion of the resin, more preferably two or more. The hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group with 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain.
The hydrophobic resin (D) includes compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO2020/004306.
疎水性樹脂(D)としては、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0275]~[0279]に記載される化合物が挙げられる。 From the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface layer, the hydrophobic resin (D) preferably has one or more of fluorine atoms, silicon atoms, and CH3 partial structures contained in the side chain portion of the resin, more preferably two or more. The hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group with 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be present in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted on the side chain.
The hydrophobic resin (D) includes compounds described in paragraphs [0275] to [0279] of WO2020/004306.
本発明の組成物が疎水性樹脂(D)を含む場合、疎水性樹脂(D)の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20.0質量%が好ましく、0.1~15.0質量%がより好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention contains the hydrophobic resin (D), the content of the hydrophobic resin (D) is preferably 0.01 to 20.0% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15.0% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
<界面活性剤>
本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成することができる。
界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤が挙げられる。 <Surfactant>
The composition of the invention may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is contained, it is possible to form a pattern with excellent adhesion and fewer development defects.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Fluorinated and/or silicon-based surfactants include surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO2018/193954.
本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成することができる。
界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤が挙げられる。 <Surfactant>
The composition of the invention may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is contained, it is possible to form a pattern with excellent adhesion and fewer development defects.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Fluorinated and/or silicon-based surfactants include surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of WO2018/193954.
界面活性剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
One type of surfactant may be used alone, or two or more types may be used.
本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、本発明の組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2.0質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1.0質量%がより好ましく、0.1~1.0質量%が更に好ましい。
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1.0% by mass, and even more preferably 0.1 to 1.0% by mass, relative to the total solid content of the composition of the present invention.
<溶剤>
本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいることが好ましい。なお、上記溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。 <Solvent>
The composition of the invention preferably contains a solvent.
The solvent preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetic acid ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. The solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。
溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいることが好ましい。なお、上記溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。 <Solvent>
The composition of the invention preferably contains a solvent.
The solvent preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetic acid ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. The solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
上述した溶剤と上述した樹脂とを組み合わせると、本発明の組成物の塗布性の向上、及び、パターンの現像欠陥数の低減の観点で好ましい。上述した溶剤は、上述した樹脂の溶解性、沸点及び粘度のバランスが良いため、レジスト膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制することができる。
成分(M1)及び成分(M2)の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0218]~[0226]に記載され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 A combination of the above-described solvent and the above-described resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the coatability of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of pattern development defects. Since the solvent described above has a good balance of solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the resin described above, it is possible to suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film and generation of deposits during spin coating.
Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of WO2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
成分(M1)及び成分(M2)の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0218]~[0226]に記載され、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 A combination of the above-described solvent and the above-described resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the coatability of the composition of the present invention and reducing the number of pattern development defects. Since the solvent described above has a good balance of solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the resin described above, it is possible to suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film and generation of deposits during spin coating.
Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of WO2020/004306, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。
When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass relative to the total amount of the solvent.
本発明の組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めることがより好ましい。こうすると、本発明の組成物の塗布性を更に向上させられる。
The content of the solvent in the composition of the present invention is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. By doing so, the coatability of the composition of the present invention can be further improved.
<その他の添加剤>
本発明の組成物は、溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、及び/又は、現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、又は、カルボキシル基を含んだ脂環族若しくは脂肪族化合物)を更に含んでいてもよい。 <Other additives>
The composition of the present invention may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (e.g., a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group).
本発明の組成物は、溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、及び/又は、現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、又は、カルボキシル基を含んだ脂環族若しくは脂肪族化合物)を更に含んでいてもよい。 <Other additives>
The composition of the present invention may further contain a dissolution inhibiting compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and/or a compound that promotes solubility in a developer (e.g., a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or an alicyclic or aliphatic compound containing a carboxyl group).
上記「溶解阻止化合物」とは、酸の作用により分解して有機系現像液中での溶解度が減少する、分子量3000以下の化合物である。
The "dissolution-inhibiting compound" is a compound with a molecular weight of 3000 or less, which is decomposed by the action of an acid to reduce its solubility in an organic developer.
本発明の組成物は、EUV露光用感光性組成物として好適に用いられる。
EUV光は波長13.5nmであり、ArF(波長193nm)光等に比べて、より短波長であるため、同じ感度で露光された際の入射フォトン数が少ない。そのため、確率的にフォトンの数がばらつく“フォトンショットノイズ”の影響が大きく、ラインエッジラフネス(LER)の悪化及びブリッジ欠陥を招く。フォトンショットノイズを減らすには、露光量を大きくして入射フォトン数を増やす方法があるが、高感度化の要求とトレードオフとなる。 The composition of the present invention is suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EUV exposure.
EUV light has a wavelength of 13.5 nm, which is shorter than ArF (wavelength 193 nm) light and the like, so the number of incident photons is smaller when exposed with the same sensitivity. Therefore, the influence of "photon shot noise", in which the number of photons stochastically varies, is large, leading to deterioration of line edge roughness (LER) and bridge defects. To reduce the photon shot noise, there is a method of increasing the number of incident photons by increasing the amount of exposure, but this is a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
EUV光は波長13.5nmであり、ArF(波長193nm)光等に比べて、より短波長であるため、同じ感度で露光された際の入射フォトン数が少ない。そのため、確率的にフォトンの数がばらつく“フォトンショットノイズ”の影響が大きく、ラインエッジラフネス(LER)の悪化及びブリッジ欠陥を招く。フォトンショットノイズを減らすには、露光量を大きくして入射フォトン数を増やす方法があるが、高感度化の要求とトレードオフとなる。 The composition of the present invention is suitably used as a photosensitive composition for EUV exposure.
EUV light has a wavelength of 13.5 nm, which is shorter than ArF (wavelength 193 nm) light and the like, so the number of incident photons is smaller when exposed with the same sensitivity. Therefore, the influence of "photon shot noise", in which the number of photons stochastically varies, is large, leading to deterioration of line edge roughness (LER) and bridge defects. To reduce the photon shot noise, there is a method of increasing the number of incident photons by increasing the amount of exposure, but this is a trade-off with the demand for higher sensitivity.
下記式(1)で求められるA値が高い場合は、レジスト組成物より形成されるレジスト膜のEUV光及び電子線の吸収効率が高くなるなり、フォトンショットノイズの低減に有効である。A値は、レジスト膜の質量割合のEUV光及び電子線の吸収効率を表す。
式(1):A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127)
A値は0.120以上が好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、A値が大きすぎる場合、レジスト膜のEUV光及び電子線透過率が低下し、レジスト膜中の光学像プロファイルが劣化し、結果として良好なパターン形状が得られにくくなるため、0.240以下が好ましく、0.220以下がより好ましい。 When the A value obtained by the following formula (1) is high, the EUV light and electron beam absorption efficiency of the resist film formed from the resist composition increases, which is effective in reducing photon shot noise. The A value represents the absorption efficiency of the EUV light and the electron beam relative to the mass ratio of the resist film.
Formula (1): A = ([H] x 0.04 + [C] x 1.0 + [N] x 2.1 + [O] x 3.6 + [F] x 5.6 + [S] x 1.5 + [I] x 39.5) / ([H] x 1 + [C] x 12 + [N] x 14 + [O] x 16 + [F] x 19 + [S] x 32 + [I] x 127)
The A value is preferably 0.120 or more. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, if the A value is too large, the EUV light and electron beam transmittance of the resist film will decrease, the optical image profile in the resist film will deteriorate, and as a result it will be difficult to obtain a good pattern shape.
式(1):A=([H]×0.04+[C]×1.0+[N]×2.1+[O]×3.6+[F]×5.6+[S]×1.5+[I]×39.5)/([H]×1+[C]×12+[N]×14+[O]×16+[F]×19+[S]×32+[I]×127)
A値は0.120以上が好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、A値が大きすぎる場合、レジスト膜のEUV光及び電子線透過率が低下し、レジスト膜中の光学像プロファイルが劣化し、結果として良好なパターン形状が得られにくくなるため、0.240以下が好ましく、0.220以下がより好ましい。 When the A value obtained by the following formula (1) is high, the EUV light and electron beam absorption efficiency of the resist film formed from the resist composition increases, which is effective in reducing photon shot noise. The A value represents the absorption efficiency of the EUV light and the electron beam relative to the mass ratio of the resist film.
Formula (1): A = ([H] x 0.04 + [C] x 1.0 + [N] x 2.1 + [O] x 3.6 + [F] x 5.6 + [S] x 1.5 + [I] x 39.5) / ([H] x 1 + [C] x 12 + [N] x 14 + [O] x 16 + [F] x 19 + [S] x 32 + [I] x 127)
The A value is preferably 0.120 or more. Although the upper limit is not particularly limited, if the A value is too large, the EUV light and electron beam transmittance of the resist film will decrease, the optical image profile in the resist film will deteriorate, and as a result it will be difficult to obtain a good pattern shape.
なお、式(1)中、[H]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の水素原子のモル比率を表し、[C]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の炭素原子のモル比率を表し、[N]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の窒素原子のモル比率を表し、[O]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の酸素原子のモル比率を表し、[F]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来のフッ素原子のモル比率を表し、[S]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の硫黄原子のモル比率を表し、[I]は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物中の全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来のヨウ素原子のモル比率を表す。
例えば、レジスト組成物が酸分解性樹脂、光酸発生剤、酸拡散制御剤、及び溶剤を含む場合、上記酸分解性樹脂、上記光酸発生剤、及び上記酸拡散制御剤が固形分に該当する。つまり、全固形分の全原子とは、上記樹脂由来の全原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の全原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の全原子の合計に該当する。
例えば、[H]は、全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の水素原子のモル比率を表し、上記例に基づいて説明すると、[H]は、上記酸分解性樹脂由来の全原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の全原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の全原子の合計に対する、上記酸分解性樹脂由来の水素原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の水素原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の水素原子の合計のモル比率を表すことになる。 In the formula (1), [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content with respect to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [C] represents the molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from the total solid content with respect to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [O] represents the molar ratio of oxygen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [F] represents the molar ratio of fluorine atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [S] represents the molar ratio of sulfur atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [I] represents actinic ray-sensitive. Alternatively, it represents the molar ratio of iodine atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the radiation-sensitive resin composition.
For example, when the resist composition contains an acid-decomposable resin, a photoacid generator, an acid diffusion controller, and a solvent, the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion controller correspond to the solid content. That is, the total atoms of the total solid content correspond to the sum of all atoms derived from the resin, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent.
For example, [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to all atoms in the total solid content, and based on the above example, [H] represents the total molar ratio of the hydrogen atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator-derived hydrogen atoms, and the acid diffusion control agent-derived hydrogen atoms to the total of all atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent.
例えば、レジスト組成物が酸分解性樹脂、光酸発生剤、酸拡散制御剤、及び溶剤を含む場合、上記酸分解性樹脂、上記光酸発生剤、及び上記酸拡散制御剤が固形分に該当する。つまり、全固形分の全原子とは、上記樹脂由来の全原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の全原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の全原子の合計に該当する。
例えば、[H]は、全固形分の全原子に対する、全固形分由来の水素原子のモル比率を表し、上記例に基づいて説明すると、[H]は、上記酸分解性樹脂由来の全原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の全原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の全原子の合計に対する、上記酸分解性樹脂由来の水素原子、上記光酸発生剤由来の水素原子、及び、上記酸拡散制御剤由来の水素原子の合計のモル比率を表すことになる。 In the formula (1), [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content with respect to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [C] represents the molar ratio of carbon atoms derived from the total solid content with respect to the total atoms of the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [O] represents the molar ratio of oxygen atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [F] represents the molar ratio of fluorine atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, [S] represents the molar ratio of sulfur atoms derived from all solids to all atoms of all solids in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and [I] represents actinic ray-sensitive. Alternatively, it represents the molar ratio of iodine atoms derived from the total solid content to the total atoms of the total solid content in the radiation-sensitive resin composition.
For example, when the resist composition contains an acid-decomposable resin, a photoacid generator, an acid diffusion controller, and a solvent, the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator, and the acid diffusion controller correspond to the solid content. That is, the total atoms of the total solid content correspond to the sum of all atoms derived from the resin, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent.
For example, [H] represents the molar ratio of hydrogen atoms derived from the total solid content to all atoms in the total solid content, and based on the above example, [H] represents the total molar ratio of the hydrogen atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, the photoacid generator-derived hydrogen atoms, and the acid diffusion control agent-derived hydrogen atoms to the total of all atoms derived from the acid-decomposable resin, all atoms derived from the photoacid generator, and all atoms derived from the acid diffusion control agent.
A値の算出は、レジスト組成物中の全固形分の構成成分の構造、及び、含有量が既知の場合には、含有される原子数比を計算し、算出できる。また、構成成分が未知の場合であっても、レジスト組成物の溶剤成分を蒸発させて得られたレジスト膜に対して、元素分析等の解析的な手法によって構成原子数比を算出可能である。
The A value can be calculated by calculating the contained atomic ratio when the structure and content of the constituent components of the total solid content in the resist composition are known. Moreover, even if the constituent components are unknown, it is possible to calculate the constituent atomic number ratio of the resist film obtained by evaporating the solvent component of the resist composition by analytical techniques such as elemental analysis.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の第二の態様>
本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、下記に示す態様(「第二の態様の組成物」ともいう。)であってもよい。
第二の態様:少なくとも下記(AX)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(AX)pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(ax1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含み、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上である樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物 <Second aspect of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may be in the mode shown below (also referred to as "the composition of the second mode").
Second aspect: Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (AX), (B) and (C).
(AX) a repeating unit (ax1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less;
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
(B) a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having no acid group and having a pKa of 12.0 or less, and having a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin alone.
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、下記に示す態様(「第二の態様の組成物」ともいう。)であってもよい。
第二の態様:少なくとも下記(AX)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(AX)pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(ax1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含み、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上である樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物 <Second aspect of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may be in the mode shown below (also referred to as "the composition of the second mode").
Second aspect: Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (AX), (B) and (C).
(AX) a repeating unit (ax1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less;
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
(B) a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having no acid group and having a pKa of 12.0 or less, and having a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin alone.
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
第二の態様の組成物は、(A)成分に代えて(AX)成分を含むこと以外は、前述の本発明の組成物と同じである。
(AX)成分を、樹脂(AX)ともいう。
樹脂(AX)は、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上であり、0.005nm/s以上であることが好ましく、0.01nm/s以上であることがより好ましい。上記溶解速度の上限は、100nm/s以下であることが好ましい。
樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度の求め方は前述したとおりである。
樹脂(AX)は、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上であることで、現像性に優れ、LWR性能が更に良化するため好ましい。
樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度は、繰り返し単位(ax1)、繰り返し単位(a2)及び繰り返し単位(a3)の含有比率、分子量などにより調整することができる。 The composition of the second aspect is the same as the composition of the present invention described above, except that the component (AX) is included instead of the component (A).
The (AX) component is also called resin (AX).
The resin (AX) has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more, preferably 0.005 nm/s or more, more preferably 0.01 nm/s or more, in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin (AX) alone. The upper limit of the dissolution rate is preferably 100 nm/s or less.
The method of determining the dissolution rate of a film of resin alone in an alkaline developer is as described above.
The resin (AX) is preferable because the dissolution rate of the film of the resin alone in an alkaline developer is 0.002 nm/s or more, so that the developability is excellent and the LWR performance is further improved.
The rate of dissolution of the resin-only film in an alkaline developer can be adjusted by the content ratio of the repeating unit (ax1), the repeating unit (a2) and the repeating unit (a3), the molecular weight, and the like.
(AX)成分を、樹脂(AX)ともいう。
樹脂(AX)は、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上であり、0.005nm/s以上であることが好ましく、0.01nm/s以上であることがより好ましい。上記溶解速度の上限は、100nm/s以下であることが好ましい。
樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度の求め方は前述したとおりである。
樹脂(AX)は、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上であることで、現像性に優れ、LWR性能が更に良化するため好ましい。
樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度は、繰り返し単位(ax1)、繰り返し単位(a2)及び繰り返し単位(a3)の含有比率、分子量などにより調整することができる。 The composition of the second aspect is the same as the composition of the present invention described above, except that the component (AX) is included instead of the component (A).
The (AX) component is also called resin (AX).
The resin (AX) has a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more, preferably 0.005 nm/s or more, more preferably 0.01 nm/s or more, in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin (AX) alone. The upper limit of the dissolution rate is preferably 100 nm/s or less.
The method of determining the dissolution rate of a film of resin alone in an alkaline developer is as described above.
The resin (AX) is preferable because the dissolution rate of the film of the resin alone in an alkaline developer is 0.002 nm/s or more, so that the developability is excellent and the LWR performance is further improved.
The rate of dissolution of the resin-only film in an alkaline developer can be adjusted by the content ratio of the repeating unit (ax1), the repeating unit (a2) and the repeating unit (a3), the molecular weight, and the like.
樹脂(AX)は、繰り返し単位(a1)に代えて繰り返し単位(ax1)を含むこと以外は、前述の樹脂(A)と同じである。
樹脂(AX)の繰り返し単位(ax1)の構造は特に限定されないが、上記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表されることが好ましい。
樹脂(AX)の繰り返し単位(ax1)についての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述の繰り返し単位(a1)について記載したものと同じである。 The resin (AX) is the same as the resin (A) described above except that it contains a repeating unit (ax1) instead of the repeating unit (a1).
Although the structure of the repeating unit (ax1) of the resin (AX) is not particularly limited, it is preferably represented by the general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2).
The description, specific examples and preferred range of the repeating unit (ax1) of the resin (AX) are the same as those described for the repeating unit (a1) above.
樹脂(AX)の繰り返し単位(ax1)の構造は特に限定されないが、上記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表されることが好ましい。
樹脂(AX)の繰り返し単位(ax1)についての説明、具体例及び好ましい範囲は、前述の繰り返し単位(a1)について記載したものと同じである。 The resin (AX) is the same as the resin (A) described above except that it contains a repeating unit (ax1) instead of the repeating unit (a1).
Although the structure of the repeating unit (ax1) of the resin (AX) is not particularly limited, it is preferably represented by the general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2).
The description, specific examples and preferred range of the repeating unit (ax1) of the resin (AX) are the same as those described for the repeating unit (a1) above.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法>
本発明は、本発明の組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」には、前述の「第二の態様の組成物」をも含む。)により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜にも関する。本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜はレジスト膜であることが好ましい。
本発明の組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有することが好ましい。
工程1:本発明の組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
工程2:レジスト膜を露光する工程
工程3:露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程
以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。 <Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method>
The present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention (hereinafter, "the composition of the present invention" also includes the aforementioned "second aspect composition"). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
Although the procedure of the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, it preferably includes the following steps.
Step 1: Using the composition of the present invention, a step of forming a resist film on a substrate Step 2: A step of exposing the resist film Step 3: A step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer Below, the procedure of each of the above steps will be described in detail.
本発明は、本発明の組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」には、前述の「第二の態様の組成物」をも含む。)により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜にも関する。本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜はレジスト膜であることが好ましい。
本発明の組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有することが好ましい。
工程1:本発明の組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
工程2:レジスト膜を露光する工程
工程3:露光されたレジスト膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程
以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。 <Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method>
The present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the composition of the present invention (hereinafter, "the composition of the present invention" also includes the aforementioned "second aspect composition"). The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film of the present invention is preferably a resist film.
Although the procedure of the pattern forming method using the composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, it preferably includes the following steps.
Step 1: Using the composition of the present invention, a step of forming a resist film on a substrate Step 2: A step of exposing the resist film Step 3: A step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer Below, the procedure of each of the above steps will be described in detail.
(工程1:レジスト膜形成工程)
工程1は、本発明の組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。 (Step 1: resist film forming step)
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
工程1は、本発明の組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。 (Step 1: resist film forming step)
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention.
本発明の組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、本発明の組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
なお、塗布前に本発明の組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過することが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。 Examples of the method of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention include a method of applying the composition of the present invention onto a substrate.
In addition, it is preferable to filter the composition of the present invention before application, if necessary. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 µm or less, more preferably 0.05 µm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 µm or less. Filters are preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
なお、塗布前に本発明の組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過することが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。 Examples of the method of forming a resist film on a substrate using the composition of the present invention include a method of applying the composition of the present invention onto a substrate.
In addition, it is preferable to filter the composition of the present invention before application, if necessary. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 µm or less, more preferably 0.05 µm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 µm or less. Filters are preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
本発明の組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpm(rotations per minute)が好ましい。
本発明の組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。 The compositions of the present invention can be applied onto substrates such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coatings) by any suitable coating method such as a spinner or coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The number of rotations for spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
After applying the composition of the present invention, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
本発明の組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。 The compositions of the present invention can be applied onto substrates such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coatings) by any suitable coating method such as a spinner or coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The number of rotations for spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm (rotations per minute).
After applying the composition of the present invention, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。
As a drying method, for example, a method of heating and drying can be mentioned. Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or a developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
レジスト膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、EUV露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。ArF液浸露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~120nmがより好ましく、15~90nmが更に好ましい。
Although the film thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, it is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the viewpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. In particular, when EUV exposure is used, the film thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm. In the case of ArF liquid immersion exposure, the film thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 120 nm, still more preferably 15 to 90 nm.
なお、レジスト膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
例えば、特開2013-61648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成することが好ましい。トップコートが含み得る塩基性化合物の具体的な例は、本発明の組成物が含んでいてもよい塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも1つ含む化合物を含むことも好ましい。 A topcoat composition may be used to form a topcoat on the upper layer of the resist film.
It is preferable that the topcoat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly coated on the upper layer of the resist film. The topcoat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known topcoat can be formed by a conventionally known method.
For example, it is preferable to form a topcoat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the resist film. Specific examples of basic compounds that the topcoat may contain include basic compounds that the composition of the present invention may contain.
The topcoat also preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できることが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
例えば、特開2013-61648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成することが好ましい。トップコートが含み得る塩基性化合物の具体的な例は、本発明の組成物が含んでいてもよい塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも1つ含む化合物を含むことも好ましい。 A topcoat composition may be used to form a topcoat on the upper layer of the resist film.
It is preferable that the topcoat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly coated on the upper layer of the resist film. The topcoat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known topcoat can be formed by a conventionally known method.
For example, it is preferable to form a topcoat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the resist film. Specific examples of basic compounds that the topcoat may contain include basic compounds that the composition of the present invention may contain.
The topcoat also preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
(工程2:露光工程)
工程2は、レジスト膜を露光する工程である。
露光の方法としては、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、及び電子線が挙げられ、250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13.5nm)、X線、及び電子ビームが特に好ましい。 (Step 2: Exposure step)
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, far ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm). , X-rays and electron beams are particularly preferred.
工程2は、レジスト膜を露光する工程である。
露光の方法としては、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
活性光線又は放射線としては、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、極紫外光、X線、及び電子線が挙げられ、250nm以下が好ましく、220nm以下がより好ましく、1~200nmの波長の遠紫外光、具体的には、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、F2エキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13.5nm)、X線、及び電子ビームが特に好ましい。 (Step 2: Exposure step)
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film.
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic rays or radiation through a predetermined mask.
Actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams, preferably 250 nm or less, more preferably 220 nm or less, far ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 1 to 200 nm, specifically KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13.5 nm). , X-rays and electron beams are particularly preferred.
露光後、現像を行う前にベーク(加熱)を行うことが好ましい。ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
この工程は露光後ベークともいう。 After exposure, baking (heating) is preferably performed before development. Baking accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposing machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
This step is also called a post-exposure bake.
加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
この工程は露光後ベークともいう。 After exposure, baking (heating) is preferably performed before development. Baking accelerates the reaction in the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
Heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposing machine and/or developing machine, and may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
This step is also called a post-exposure bake.
(工程3:現像工程)
工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。 (Step 3: Development step)
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。 (Step 3: Development step)
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developer to form a pattern.
The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic developer).
現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静置して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。 Examples of the development method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of building up the developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time (paddle method), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method).
Further, after the step of developing, a step of stopping development may be performed while replacing the solvent with another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。 Examples of the development method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method of building up the developer on the substrate surface by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time (paddle method), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method).
Further, after the step of developing, a step of stopping development may be performed while replacing the solvent with another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
アルカリ現像液は、アルカリを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いることが好ましい。アルカリ水溶液の種類は特に制限されないが、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩、無機アルカリ、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アルコールアミン、又は、環状アミン等を含むアルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。中でも、アルカリ現像液は、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)に代表される4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液には、アルコール類、界面活性剤等を適当量添加してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常、0.1~20質量%であることが好ましい。アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常、10.0~15.0であることが好ましい。
It is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing alkali as the alkaline developer. The type of alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, but examples include aqueous alkaline solutions containing quaternary ammonium salts typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, inorganic alkalis, primary amines, secondary amines, tertiary amines, alcohol amines, or cyclic amines. Among them, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt represented by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). Suitable amounts of alcohols, surfactants and the like may be added to the alkaline developer. The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is preferably 10.0 to 15.0.
有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であることが好ましい。
The organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents.
上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。 A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。 A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less.
(他の工程)
上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むことが好ましい。 (Other processes)
The pattern forming method preferably includes a step of washing with a rinse after step 3.
上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むことが好ましい。 (Other processes)
The pattern forming method preferably includes a step of washing with a rinse after step 3.
アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、例えば、純水が挙げられる。なお、純水には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。
リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。 Pure water is an example of the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the step of developing with an alkaline developer. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to pure water.
An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。 Pure water is an example of the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the step of developing with an alkaline developer. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to pure water.
An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、パターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
The rinse solution used in the rinse step after the development step using the organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. It is preferable to use a rinse solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents, and ether solvents.
リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)が挙げられる。
また、パターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。 The method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of continuously discharging the rinsing liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), a method of immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of spraying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
Also, the pattern forming method may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developing solution and the rinse solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. In addition, this process smoothes the resist pattern, and has the effect of improving the roughness of the surface of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250° C. (preferably 90 to 200° C.) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
また、パターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。 The method of the rinsing step is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method of continuously discharging the rinsing liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotation coating method), a method of immersing the substrate in a bath filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of spraying the rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method).
Also, the pattern forming method may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developing solution and the rinse solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns due to baking are removed. In addition, this process smoothes the resist pattern, and has the effect of improving the roughness of the surface of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually carried out at 40 to 250° C. (preferably 90 to 200° C.) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。 Also, the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlying film and substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
The method of processing the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but a method of forming a pattern on the substrate by dry etching the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask is preferred. Dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(又は、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。 Also, the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlying film and substrate) to form a pattern on the substrate.
The method of processing the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but a method of forming a pattern on the substrate by dry etching the substrate (or the underlying film and the substrate) using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask is preferred. Dry etching is preferably oxygen plasma etching.
本発明の組成物、及びパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないことが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm(parts per million)以下が好ましく、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0質量ppt以上が好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及びZnが挙げられる。
The composition of the present invention and various materials used in the pattern forming method (e.g., solvent, developer, rinse, composition for forming an antireflection film, composition for forming a topcoat, etc.) preferably do not contain impurities such as metals. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm (parts per million) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, even more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more. Here, examples of metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, and Zn.
各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルターを用いた濾過の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号の段落[0321]に記載される。
An example of a method for removing impurities such as metals from various materials is filtration using a filter. Details of filtration using filters are described in paragraph [0321] of WO2020/004306.
各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法が挙げられる。
Methods for reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials include, for example, a method of selecting raw materials with a low metal content as raw materials that constitute various materials, a method of filtering the raw materials that constitute various materials, and a method of performing distillation under conditions that suppress contamination as much as possible by lining the inside of the equipment with Teflon (registered trademark).
フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0質量ppt以上が好ましい。
In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed with an adsorbent, or filter filtration and adsorbent may be used in combination. As the adsorbent, known adsorbents can be used. For example, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon can be used. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials described above, it is necessary to prevent metal impurities from entering during the manufacturing process. Whether the metal impurities are sufficiently removed from the manufacturing equipment can be confirmed by measuring the content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the manufacturing equipment. The content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and even more preferably 1 mass ppt or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 mass ppt or more.
リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、及び、チューブ等)の故障を防止するため、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は特に制限させず、0.01質量%以上が好ましい。
薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。 A conductive compound may be added to the organic treatment liquid such as the rinse liquid in order to prevent damage to the chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to electrostatic charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol. The amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining preferable developing properties or rinsing properties. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.01% by mass or more.
As the chemical solution pipe, for example, SUS (stainless steel), antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or various pipes coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used. Antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can also be used for filters and O-rings.
薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフルオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。 A conductive compound may be added to the organic treatment liquid such as the rinse liquid in order to prevent damage to the chemical piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to electrostatic charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol. The amount added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, from the viewpoint of maintaining preferable developing properties or rinsing properties. The lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.01% by mass or more.
As the chemical solution pipe, for example, SUS (stainless steel), antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or various pipes coated with fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used. Antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.) can also be used for filters and O-rings.
<電子デバイスの製造方法>
本明細書は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
本明細書の電子デバイスの好適態様としては、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に搭載される態様が挙げられる。 <Method for manufacturing electronic device>
The present specification also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method, including the pattern forming method described above, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
A preferred embodiment of the electronic device of the present specification includes a mode in which it is installed in electric/electronic equipment (household appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
本明細書は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及びこの製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
本明細書の電子デバイスの好適態様としては、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に搭載される態様が挙げられる。 <Method for manufacturing electronic device>
The present specification also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method, including the pattern forming method described above, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
A preferred embodiment of the electronic device of the present specification includes a mode in which it is installed in electric/electronic equipment (household appliances, OA (Office Automation), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び、処理手順は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。
The present invention will be described in more detail below based on examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, and processing procedures shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as limited by the examples shown below.
実施例及び比較例のレジスト組成物に用いた各種成分について以下に示す。
Various components used in the resist compositions of Examples and Comparative Examples are shown below.
<樹脂(A)>
樹脂(A)として、AP-1~AP-13を用いた。
また、比較例では、樹脂(A)ではない樹脂として、RAP-1~RAP-4を用いた。便宜的に、下記表3ではRAP-1~RAP-4も樹脂(A)の欄に記載した。
AP-1~AP-13、RAP-1~RAP-4は、それぞれ下記表1に示す繰り返し単位を表1に示すモル比率で含むものである。各繰り返し単位については対応するモノマーの構造により示した。RAP-2に含まれる対応モノマーMXによる繰り返し単位は、繰り返し単位(a1)には相当しないが、便宜的に繰り返し単位(a1)の欄に記載した。
表1には、それぞれの樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度(表1では「VA」とする。)も示した。
樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。 <Resin (A)>
AP-1 to AP-13 were used as the resin (A).
In Comparative Examples, RAP-1 to RAP-4 were used as resins other than resin (A). For convenience, RAP-1 to RAP-4 are also listed in the column of resin (A) in Table 3 below.
AP-1 to AP-13 and RAP-1 to RAP-4 each contain repeating units shown in Table 1 below in the molar ratio shown in Table 1. Each repeating unit is indicated by the structure of the corresponding monomer. Although the repeating unit formed by the corresponding monomer MX contained in RAP-2 does not correspond to the repeating unit (a1), it is described in the repeating unit (a1) column for convenience.
Table 1 also shows the dissolution rate of the film of each resin alone in an alkaline developer (referred to as "V A " in Table 1).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene). The content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
樹脂(A)として、AP-1~AP-13を用いた。
また、比較例では、樹脂(A)ではない樹脂として、RAP-1~RAP-4を用いた。便宜的に、下記表3ではRAP-1~RAP-4も樹脂(A)の欄に記載した。
AP-1~AP-13、RAP-1~RAP-4は、それぞれ下記表1に示す繰り返し単位を表1に示すモル比率で含むものである。各繰り返し単位については対応するモノマーの構造により示した。RAP-2に含まれる対応モノマーMXによる繰り返し単位は、繰り返し単位(a1)には相当しないが、便宜的に繰り返し単位(a1)の欄に記載した。
表1には、それぞれの樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度(表1では「VA」とする。)も示した。
樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。 <Resin (A)>
AP-1 to AP-13 were used as the resin (A).
In Comparative Examples, RAP-1 to RAP-4 were used as resins other than resin (A). For convenience, RAP-1 to RAP-4 are also listed in the column of resin (A) in Table 3 below.
AP-1 to AP-13 and RAP-1 to RAP-4 each contain repeating units shown in Table 1 below in the molar ratio shown in Table 1. Each repeating unit is indicated by the structure of the corresponding monomer. Although the repeating unit formed by the corresponding monomer MX contained in RAP-2 does not correspond to the repeating unit (a1), it is described in the repeating unit (a1) column for convenience.
Table 1 also shows the dissolution rate of the film of each resin alone in an alkaline developer (referred to as "V A " in Table 1).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene). The content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
(樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度(VA))
各樹脂を、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートとプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの混合溶媒(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの質量比=8/2)に溶解させ、3質量%の濃度に調製した。調製した樹脂溶液を予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmの樹脂膜を得た。リソテックジャパン製レジスト現像アナライザー(RDA-790EB)を用いて、この樹脂膜を23℃のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(2.38質量%)へ浸漬した際の膜厚減少速度を算出した。このようにして、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度(VA)を算出した。表1にVAを記載した。 (Dissolution rate (V A ) of film of resin alone in alkaline developer)
Each resin was dissolved in a mixed solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (mass ratio of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether=8/2) to prepare a concentration of 3% by mass. The prepared resin solution was coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resin film with a film thickness of 100 nm. Using a resist development analyzer (RDA-790EB) manufactured by Litho Tech Japan, the film thickness reduction rate when this resin film was immersed in an aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution (2.38% by mass) at 23° C. was calculated. In this manner, the dissolution rate (V A ) of the resin-only film in the alkaline developer was calculated. Table 1 describes VA .
各樹脂を、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートとプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの混合溶媒(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート/プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルの質量比=8/2)に溶解させ、3質量%の濃度に調製した。調製した樹脂溶液を予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmの樹脂膜を得た。リソテックジャパン製レジスト現像アナライザー(RDA-790EB)を用いて、この樹脂膜を23℃のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(2.38質量%)へ浸漬した際の膜厚減少速度を算出した。このようにして、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度(VA)を算出した。表1にVAを記載した。 (Dissolution rate (V A ) of film of resin alone in alkaline developer)
Each resin was dissolved in a mixed solvent of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate and propylene glycol monomethyl ether (mass ratio of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate/propylene glycol monomethyl ether=8/2) to prepare a concentration of 3% by mass. The prepared resin solution was coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resin film with a film thickness of 100 nm. Using a resist development analyzer (RDA-790EB) manufactured by Litho Tech Japan, the film thickness reduction rate when this resin film was immersed in an aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution (2.38% by mass) at 23° C. was calculated. In this manner, the dissolution rate (V A ) of the resin-only film in the alkaline developer was calculated. Table 1 describes VA .
表1に示した対応モノマーの構造及びpKaを以下に示す。
The structures and pKa of the corresponding monomers shown in Table 1 are shown below.
<樹脂(B):酸分解性樹脂>
樹脂(B)として、MP-1~MP-5を用いた。
表2に、それぞれの樹脂に含まれる各繰り返し単位の含有量(モル%)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)を示した。
繰り返し単位の含有量は、各樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位に対する各繰り返し単位の割合(モル比率)である。
表2において、各樹脂の繰り返し単位の含有量の値は、以下に示す各樹脂の構造式の繰り返し単位の記載順に対応している。
樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。 <Resin (B): Acid-decomposable resin>
MP-1 to MP-5 were used as the resin (B).
Table 2 shows the content (mol %), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each repeating unit contained in each resin.
The content of repeating units is the ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit to all repeating units contained in each resin.
In Table 2, the value of the repeating unit content of each resin corresponds to the order of description of the repeating unit in the structural formula of each resin shown below.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene). The content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
樹脂(B)として、MP-1~MP-5を用いた。
表2に、それぞれの樹脂に含まれる各繰り返し単位の含有量(モル%)、重量平均分子量(Mw)、及び分散度(Mw/Mn)を示した。
繰り返し単位の含有量は、各樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位に対する各繰り返し単位の割合(モル比率)である。
表2において、各樹脂の繰り返し単位の含有量の値は、以下に示す各樹脂の構造式の繰り返し単位の記載順に対応している。
樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、繰り返し単位の含有量は、13C-NMR(nuclear magnetic resonance)により測定した。 <Resin (B): Acid-decomposable resin>
MP-1 to MP-5 were used as the resin (B).
Table 2 shows the content (mol %), weight average molecular weight (Mw), and degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of each repeating unit contained in each resin.
The content of repeating units is the ratio (molar ratio) of each repeating unit to all repeating units contained in each resin.
In Table 2, the value of the repeating unit content of each resin corresponds to the order of description of the repeating unit in the structural formula of each resin shown below.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the degree of dispersion (Mw/Mn) of the resin were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene). The content of repeating units was measured by 13 C-NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance).
<化合物(C):光酸発生剤>
化合物(C)として、C-1~C-2を用いた。 <Compound (C): photoacid generator>
C-1 to C-2 were used as the compound (C).
化合物(C)として、C-1~C-2を用いた。 <Compound (C): photoacid generator>
C-1 to C-2 were used as the compound (C).
<酸拡散制御剤>
酸拡散制御剤として、Q-1~Q-3を用いた。 <Acid diffusion control agent>
Q-1 to Q-3 were used as acid diffusion control agents.
酸拡散制御剤として、Q-1~Q-3を用いた。 <Acid diffusion control agent>
Q-1 to Q-3 were used as acid diffusion control agents.
<界面活性剤>
使用した界面活性剤を以下に示す。
W-1:メガファックR08(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素及びシリコン系) <Surfactant>
The surfactants used are shown below.
W-1: Megafac R08 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Co., Ltd.; fluorine and silicon type)
使用した界面活性剤を以下に示す。
W-1:メガファックR08(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製;フッ素及びシリコン系) <Surfactant>
The surfactants used are shown below.
W-1: Megafac R08 (manufactured by Dainippon Ink and Chemicals Co., Ltd.; fluorine and silicon type)
<溶剤>
使用した溶剤を以下に示す。
S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA:1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)
S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME:1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)
S-3:乳酸エチル
S-4:γ-ブチロラクトン <Solvent>
The solvents used are shown below.
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA: 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane)
S-2: propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME: 1-methoxy-2-propanol)
S-3: ethyl lactate S-4: γ-butyrolactone
使用した溶剤を以下に示す。
S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA:1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)
S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME:1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)
S-3:乳酸エチル
S-4:γ-ブチロラクトン <Solvent>
The solvents used are shown below.
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA: 1-methoxy-2-acetoxypropane)
S-2: propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME: 1-methoxy-2-propanol)
S-3: ethyl lactate S-4: γ-butyrolactone
<レジスト組成物の調製>
表3に示す成分を表3に示す溶剤に溶解させ、表3に示す固形分濃度の溶液を調製し、これを0.02μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、レジスト組成物を調製した。
なお、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
表3中、「質量%」欄は、各成分の、レジスト組成物中の全固形分に対する含有量(質量%)を示す。また、溶剤については、使用した各化合物の種類とその割合(質量比率)を記載した。
界面活性剤を使用する場合は、レジスト組成物中の全固形分に対して0.1質量%の添加量とした。 <Preparation of resist composition>
The components shown in Table 3 were dissolved in the solvent shown in Table 3 to prepare a solution having a solid concentration shown in Table 3, and filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.02 μm to prepare a resist composition.
In addition, solid content means all the components other than a solvent. The resulting resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
In Table 3, the "% by mass" column indicates the content (% by mass) of each component with respect to the total solid content in the resist composition. Further, with respect to the solvent, the type of each compound used and its ratio (mass ratio) are described.
When a surfactant was used, it was added in an amount of 0.1% by mass relative to the total solid content in the resist composition.
表3に示す成分を表3に示す溶剤に溶解させ、表3に示す固形分濃度の溶液を調製し、これを0.02μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターでろ過して、レジスト組成物を調製した。
なお、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
表3中、「質量%」欄は、各成分の、レジスト組成物中の全固形分に対する含有量(質量%)を示す。また、溶剤については、使用した各化合物の種類とその割合(質量比率)を記載した。
界面活性剤を使用する場合は、レジスト組成物中の全固形分に対して0.1質量%の添加量とした。 <Preparation of resist composition>
The components shown in Table 3 were dissolved in the solvent shown in Table 3 to prepare a solution having a solid concentration shown in Table 3, and filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.02 μm to prepare a resist composition.
In addition, solid content means all the components other than a solvent. The resulting resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
In Table 3, the "% by mass" column indicates the content (% by mass) of each component with respect to the total solid content in the resist composition. Further, with respect to the solvent, the type of each compound used and its ratio (mass ratio) are described.
When a surfactant was used, it was added in an amount of 0.1% by mass relative to the total solid content in the resist composition.
<パターン形成方法(1):EB露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
調製したレジスト組成物を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を得た。
なお、上記Siウェハをクロム基板に変更しても、同様の結果が得られるものである。
上記で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、電子線描画装置((株)日立製作所製HL750、加速電圧50keV)を用いて、パターン照射を行った。この際、1:1のラインアンドスペースが形成されるように描画を行った。電子線描画後、ホットプレート上で、100℃で60秒間加熱した後、2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液で30秒間現像し、純水でリンスをした後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間加熱を行うことにより、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのレジストパターンを得た。 <Pattern Forming Method (1): EB Exposure, Alkaline Development (Positive)>
The prepared resist composition was coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resist film with a thickness of 100 nm.
Similar results can be obtained by replacing the Si wafer with a chromium substrate.
The wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam lithography system (HL750 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd., acceleration voltage 50 keV). At this time, drawing was performed so as to form a line and space of 1:1. After electron beam writing, the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds, developed with a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water, rotated at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then heated at 95° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm.
調製したレジスト組成物を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を得た。
なお、上記Siウェハをクロム基板に変更しても、同様の結果が得られるものである。
上記で得られたレジスト膜が塗布されたウェハを、電子線描画装置((株)日立製作所製HL750、加速電圧50keV)を用いて、パターン照射を行った。この際、1:1のラインアンドスペースが形成されるように描画を行った。電子線描画後、ホットプレート上で、100℃で60秒間加熱した後、2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液で30秒間現像し、純水でリンスをした後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間加熱を行うことにより、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのレジストパターンを得た。 <Pattern Forming Method (1): EB Exposure, Alkaline Development (Positive)>
The prepared resist composition was coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resist film with a thickness of 100 nm.
Similar results can be obtained by replacing the Si wafer with a chromium substrate.
The wafer coated with the resist film obtained above was subjected to pattern irradiation using an electron beam lithography system (HL750 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd., acceleration voltage 50 keV). At this time, drawing was performed so as to form a line and space of 1:1. After electron beam writing, the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds, developed with a 2.38% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water, rotated at 4000 rpm for 30 seconds, and then heated at 95° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm.
<性能評価>
[解像性]
得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-4300)を用いて観察した。線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを解像するときの露光量(電子線照射量)を感度(Eopt)とした。
上記の感度を示す露光量における限界解像力(ラインとスペース(ライン:スペース=1:1)が分離解像する最小の線幅)を解像性(nm)とした。 <Performance evaluation>
[Resolution]
The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4300 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The sensitivity (Eopt) was defined as the exposure dose (electron beam dose) when resolving a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm.
The resolution (nm) was defined as the limit resolution (minimum line width at which lines and spaces (line:space=1:1) are separated and resolved) at the exposure dose showing the above sensitivity.
[解像性]
得られたパターンの断面形状を走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-4300)を用いて観察した。線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースのレジストパターンを解像するときの露光量(電子線照射量)を感度(Eopt)とした。
上記の感度を示す露光量における限界解像力(ラインとスペース(ライン:スペース=1:1)が分離解像する最小の線幅)を解像性(nm)とした。 <Performance evaluation>
[Resolution]
The cross-sectional shape of the obtained pattern was observed using a scanning electron microscope (S-4300 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The sensitivity (Eopt) was defined as the exposure dose (electron beam dose) when resolving a 1:1 line-and-space resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm.
The resolution (nm) was defined as the limit resolution (minimum line width at which lines and spaces (line:space=1:1) are separated and resolved) at the exposure dose showing the above sensitivity.
[LWR(初期)]
上述の方法で解像した線幅が50nmのラインアンドスペースパターン(ライン:スペース=1:1)を、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(日立製作所社製S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察した。パターンの線幅を任意のポイント(160点)で観測し、その標準偏差(σ)を求め、線幅の測定ばらつきを3σ(nm)をLWRの値として評価した。この値を「LWR(初期)」とする。値が小さいほど良好なLWR性能であることを示す。 [LWR (initial)]
A line-and-space pattern (line:space=1:1) with a line width of 50 nm resolved by the method described above was observed from above using a scanning electron microscope (SEM (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)). The line width of the pattern was observed at arbitrary points (160 points), the standard deviation (σ) was obtained, and the measurement dispersion of the line width was evaluated as 3σ (nm) as the value of LWR. Let this value be “LWR (initial)”. A smaller value indicates better LWR performance.
上述の方法で解像した線幅が50nmのラインアンドスペースパターン(ライン:スペース=1:1)を、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM(日立製作所社製S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察した。パターンの線幅を任意のポイント(160点)で観測し、その標準偏差(σ)を求め、線幅の測定ばらつきを3σ(nm)をLWRの値として評価した。この値を「LWR(初期)」とする。値が小さいほど良好なLWR性能であることを示す。 [LWR (initial)]
A line-and-space pattern (line:space=1:1) with a line width of 50 nm resolved by the method described above was observed from above using a scanning electron microscope (SEM (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)). The line width of the pattern was observed at arbitrary points (160 points), the standard deviation (σ) was obtained, and the measurement dispersion of the line width was evaluated as 3σ (nm) as the value of LWR. Let this value be “LWR (initial)”. A smaller value indicates better LWR performance.
[LWR(経時後)]
レジスト組成物として、各レジスト組成物を23℃で6カ月保管した後のレジスト組成物を用いた以外は、上記「LWR(初期)」と同様にしてLWRの値を求めた。この値を「LWR(経時後)」とする。 [LWR (after time)]
The LWR value was determined in the same manner as in the above "LWR (initial)" except that the resist composition was stored at 23° C. for 6 months. Let this value be “LWR (after time)”.
レジスト組成物として、各レジスト組成物を23℃で6カ月保管した後のレジスト組成物を用いた以外は、上記「LWR(初期)」と同様にしてLWRの値を求めた。この値を「LWR(経時後)」とする。 [LWR (after time)]
The LWR value was determined in the same manner as in the above "LWR (initial)" except that the resist composition was stored at 23° C. for 6 months. Let this value be “LWR (after time)”.
[PED安定性]
ライン線幅50nm、スペース幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのライン線幅寸法が50nmとなる露光量において、露光した後速やかにPEB処理した場合のライン線幅寸法(L0h)と、露光した1時間後にPEB処理した場合のライン線幅寸法(L2h)を測長し、線幅変化率を以下の式により算出した。なおPEB処理としては100℃で60秒間の加熱を行った。
線幅変化率(%)=100×(L2h-L0h)nm/50nm
値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示し、PED安定性の指標とした。なお、実用上B以上が好ましく、Aがより好ましい。
A:線幅変化率が2%未満
B:線幅変化率が2%以上、5%未満
C:線幅変化率が5%以上、10%未満
D:線幅変化率が10%以上 [PED stability]
The line width dimension of a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm and a space width of 50 nm was 50 nm. The line width dimension (L0h) when PEB processing was performed immediately after exposure and the line width dimension (L2h) when PEB processing was performed 1 hour after exposure were measured, and the line width change rate was calculated by the following formula. As the PEB treatment, heating was performed at 100° C. for 60 seconds.
Line width change rate (%) = 100 × (L2h - L0h) nm / 50 nm
A smaller value indicates better performance and was used as an indicator of PED stability. In addition, B or more is preferable practically, and A is more preferable.
A: Line width change rate is less than 2% B: Line width change rate is 2% or more and less than 5% C: Line width change rate is 5% or more and less than 10% D: Line width change rate is 10% or more
ライン線幅50nm、スペース幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのライン線幅寸法が50nmとなる露光量において、露光した後速やかにPEB処理した場合のライン線幅寸法(L0h)と、露光した1時間後にPEB処理した場合のライン線幅寸法(L2h)を測長し、線幅変化率を以下の式により算出した。なおPEB処理としては100℃で60秒間の加熱を行った。
線幅変化率(%)=100×(L2h-L0h)nm/50nm
値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示し、PED安定性の指標とした。なお、実用上B以上が好ましく、Aがより好ましい。
A:線幅変化率が2%未満
B:線幅変化率が2%以上、5%未満
C:線幅変化率が5%以上、10%未満
D:線幅変化率が10%以上 [PED stability]
The line width dimension of a 1:1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm and a space width of 50 nm was 50 nm. The line width dimension (L0h) when PEB processing was performed immediately after exposure and the line width dimension (L2h) when PEB processing was performed 1 hour after exposure were measured, and the line width change rate was calculated by the following formula. As the PEB treatment, heating was performed at 100° C. for 60 seconds.
Line width change rate (%) = 100 × (L2h - L0h) nm / 50 nm
A smaller value indicates better performance and was used as an indicator of PED stability. In addition, B or more is preferable practically, and A is more preferable.
A: Line width change rate is less than 2% B: Line width change rate is 2% or more and less than 5% C: Line width change rate is 5% or more and less than 10% D: Line width change rate is 10% or more
<パターン形成方法(2):EUV露光、アルカリ現像(ポジ)>
調製したレジスト組成物を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を得た。
上述の方法で得られたレジスト膜が配置されたウェハに対して、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製 Micro Exposure Tool、NA(開口数)0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用い、露光マスク(ライン/スペース=1/1)を使用して、パターン露光を行った。露光後、上記ウェハを、ホットプレート上で、100℃で90秒間加熱し、更に、2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液に60秒間浸漬した。次に、上記ウェハを、30秒間、水でリンスした。その後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間上記ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間ベークを行い乾燥した。このようにして、線幅が50nmのラインアンドスペースパターン(ライン/スペース=1/1)のレジストパターンを得た。 <Pattern Forming Method (2): EUV Exposure, Alkali Development (Positive)>
The prepared resist composition was coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resist film with a thickness of 100 nm.
Pattern exposure was performed on the wafer on which the resist film obtained by the above method was arranged, using an exposure mask (line/space = 1/1) using an EUV exposure apparatus (Exitech Micro Exposure Tool, NA (numerical aperture) 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). After exposure, the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 90 seconds, and further immersed in a 2.38 mass % tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds. The wafer was then rinsed with water for 30 seconds. After that, the wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds and then baked at 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it. Thus, a line-and-space resist pattern (line/space=1/1) with a line width of 50 nm was obtained.
調製したレジスト組成物を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚100nmのレジスト膜を得た。
上述の方法で得られたレジスト膜が配置されたウェハに対して、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製 Micro Exposure Tool、NA(開口数)0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用い、露光マスク(ライン/スペース=1/1)を使用して、パターン露光を行った。露光後、上記ウェハを、ホットプレート上で、100℃で90秒間加熱し、更に、2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液に60秒間浸漬した。次に、上記ウェハを、30秒間、水でリンスした。その後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間上記ウェハを回転させた後、95℃で60秒間ベークを行い乾燥した。このようにして、線幅が50nmのラインアンドスペースパターン(ライン/スペース=1/1)のレジストパターンを得た。 <Pattern Forming Method (2): EUV Exposure, Alkali Development (Positive)>
The prepared resist composition was coated on a 6-inch Si wafer previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a Tokyo Electron spin coater Mark 8, and dried on a hot plate at 100° C. for 60 seconds to obtain a resist film with a thickness of 100 nm.
Pattern exposure was performed on the wafer on which the resist film obtained by the above method was arranged, using an exposure mask (line/space = 1/1) using an EUV exposure apparatus (Exitech Micro Exposure Tool, NA (numerical aperture) 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36). After exposure, the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 100° C. for 90 seconds, and further immersed in a 2.38 mass % tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) aqueous solution for 60 seconds. The wafer was then rinsed with water for 30 seconds. After that, the wafer was rotated at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm for 30 seconds and then baked at 95° C. for 60 seconds to dry it. Thus, a line-and-space resist pattern (line/space=1/1) with a line width of 50 nm was obtained.
<性能評価>
前述したものと同じ方法で「LWR(初期)」と「PED安定性」の評価を行った。 <Performance evaluation>
"LWR (initial)" and "PED stability" evaluations were performed in the same manner as previously described.
前述したものと同じ方法で「LWR(初期)」と「PED安定性」の評価を行った。 <Performance evaluation>
"LWR (initial)" and "PED stability" evaluations were performed in the same manner as previously described.
表4の結果から、実施例1~29で用いたレジスト組成物は、解像性、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れることが分かった。LWR性能については、調製直後のレジスト組成物を用いた場合の「LWR(初期)」と、調製後に23℃で6カ月保管した後のレジスト組成物を用いた場合の「LWR(経時後)」の両方の性能が優れていた。
From the results in Table 4, it was found that the resist compositions used in Examples 1-29 were excellent in resolution, LWR performance and PED stability. Regarding the LWR performance, both "LWR (initial)" when using the resist composition immediately after preparation and "LWR (after aging)" when using the resist composition after storage at 23 ° C. for 6 months after preparation were both excellent.
本発明により、LWR性能及びPED安定性に優れる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。 ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION By this invention, the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability can be provided.
Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
また、本発明により、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いた感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。 ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION By this invention, the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is excellent in LWR performance and PED stability can be provided.
Further, the present invention can provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
本出願は、2022年1月21日出願の日本特許出願(特願2022-008250)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。 Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-008250) filed on January 21, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
本出願は、2022年1月21日出願の日本特許出願(特願2022-008250)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。 Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application (Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-008250) filed on January 21, 2022, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Claims (12)
- 少なくとも下記(A)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(A)下記一般式(a1-1)又は(a1-2)で表される、pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含む樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
上記一般式中、
Ra1は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
Ra2はハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はアルキルカルボニルオキシ基を表す。
Ra2が複数存在する場合、複数のRa2は同一でも異なっていてもよい。
L1は単結合又は-C(=O)O-を表す。
L2は単結合、又は、-C(=O)O-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。
mは0~2の整数を表す。
n1は1以上、(5+2m)以下の整数を表す。
n2は1~3の整数を表す。
k1は0以上、(5+2m-n1)以下の整数を表す。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (A), (B) and (C).
(A) a repeating unit (a1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less, represented by the following general formula (a1-1) or (a1-2);
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
a resin containing a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having a pKa of 12.0 or less and having no acid group;
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation
In the above general formula,
R a1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R a2 represents a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or an alkylcarbonyloxy group.
When multiple R a2 are present, the multiple R a2 may be the same or different.
L 1 represents a single bond or -C(=O)O-.
L2 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of -C(=O)O-, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group.
m represents an integer of 0 to 2;
n1 represents an integer of 1 or more and (5+2m) or less.
n2 represents an integer of 1-3.
k1 represents an integer of 0 or more and (5+2m−n1) or less. - 前記繰り返し単位(a1)が、前記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ前記一般式(a1-1)中のmが0又は1を表す、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the general formula (a1-1), and m in the general formula (a1-1) represents 0 or 1.
- 前記繰り返し単位(a1)が、前記一般式(a1-1)で表され、かつ前記一般式(a1-1)中のL1が単結合を表す、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 2. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein said repeating unit (a1) is represented by said general formula (a1-1), and L 1 in said general formula (a1-1) represents a single bond.
- 前記繰り返し単位(a3)が、3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を含む、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit (a3) contains an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents.
- 前記繰り返し単位(a3)が、下記一般式(a3-1)で表される、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
一般式(a3-1)中、Ra3は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Ra4は3個以上のフッ素原子を置換基として有するアルキル基を表す。 2. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit (a3) is represented by the following general formula (a3-1).
In general formula (a3-1), R a3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. R a4 represents an alkyl group having 3 or more fluorine atoms as substituents. - 前記繰り返し単位(a2)の酸基のpKaが0.0以上6.0以下である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the pKa of the acid group of the repeating unit (a2) is 0.0 or more and 6.0 or less.
- 前記繰り返し単位(a2)が、下記一般式(a2-1)で表される、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
一般式(a2-1)中、Ra5は水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。L3は単結合、又は、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及びアリーレン基からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つからなる連結基を表す。pは1~3の整数を表す。 2. The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit (a2) is represented by the following general formula (a2-1).
In general formula (a2-1), R a5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. L3 represents a single bond or a linking group consisting of at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group and an arylene group. p represents an integer of 1 to 3; - 少なくとも下記(AX)、(B)及び(C)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
(AX)pKaが8.0以上12.0以下の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(ax1)と、
pKaが8.0未満の酸基を有する繰り返し単位(a2)と、
少なくとも1つのフッ素原子を含み、pKaが12.0以下の酸基を有さない繰り返し単位(a3)と、を含み、樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.002nm/s以上である樹脂
(B)フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(b1)と、
酸の作用により分解し、極性が増大する基を有する繰り返し単位(b2)と、
を含み、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する繰り返し単位を含まない樹脂
(C)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing at least the following (AX), (B) and (C).
(AX) a repeating unit (ax1) having an acid group with a pKa of 8.0 or more and 12.0 or less;
a repeating unit (a2) having an acid group with a pKa of less than 8.0;
(B) a repeating unit (b1) having a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a repeating unit (a3) containing at least one fluorine atom and having no acid group and having a pKa of 12.0 or less, and having a dissolution rate of 0.002 nm/s or more in an alkaline developer for a film of the resin alone.
a repeating unit (b2) having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid and increases in polarity;
and does not contain repeating units that generate acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (C) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation - 前記(AX)の樹脂単独の膜のアルカリ現像液への溶解速度が0.01nm/s以上である、請求項8に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 8, wherein the film of the resin (AX) alone has a dissolution rate in an alkaline developer of 0.01 nm/s or more.
- 請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により形成された、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
- 請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により基板上に感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を形成する工程と、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を露光する工程と、前記露光された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜を現像液を用いて現像する工程と、を有する、パターン形成方法。 A pattern forming method comprising the steps of forming an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film on a substrate using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, exposing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and developing the exposed actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using a developer.
- 請求項11に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to claim 11.
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
KR1020247024041A KR20240122546A (en) | 2022-01-21 | 2023-01-13 | Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method and method for manufacturing electronic device |
JP2023575229A JPWO2023140191A1 (en) | 2022-01-21 | 2023-01-13 |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2022-008250 | 2022-01-21 | ||
JP2022008250 | 2022-01-21 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023140191A1 true WO2023140191A1 (en) | 2023-07-27 |
Family
ID=87348803
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2023/000787 WO2023140191A1 (en) | 2022-01-21 | 2023-01-13 | Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPWO2023140191A1 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20240122546A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202340362A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2023140191A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2011221513A (en) * | 2010-03-24 | 2011-11-04 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Pattern-formation method, resist composition and acetal compound |
WO2016136476A1 (en) * | 2015-02-27 | 2016-09-01 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming method, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device |
JP2021175791A (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2021-11-04 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Fluorocarboxylic acid-containing monomer, fluorocarboxylic acid-containing polymer, resist material and patterning process |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5525777B2 (en) | 2009-07-31 | 2014-06-18 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method using the same |
JP2013015590A (en) | 2011-06-30 | 2013-01-24 | Fujifilm Corp | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and pattern forming method using the composition |
JP2014178542A (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Fujifilm Corp | Pattern forming method, composition kit, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device using the same, and electronic device |
-
2023
- 2023-01-13 WO PCT/JP2023/000787 patent/WO2023140191A1/en unknown
- 2023-01-13 KR KR1020247024041A patent/KR20240122546A/en unknown
- 2023-01-13 JP JP2023575229A patent/JPWO2023140191A1/ja active Pending
- 2023-01-18 TW TW112102341A patent/TW202340362A/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2011221513A (en) * | 2010-03-24 | 2011-11-04 | Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd | Pattern-formation method, resist composition and acetal compound |
WO2016136476A1 (en) * | 2015-02-27 | 2016-09-01 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming method, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device |
JP2021175791A (en) * | 2020-04-28 | 2021-11-04 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Fluorocarboxylic acid-containing monomer, fluorocarboxylic acid-containing polymer, resist material and patterning process |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JPWO2023140191A1 (en) | 2023-07-27 |
TW202340362A (en) | 2023-10-16 |
KR20240122546A (en) | 2024-08-12 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7200267B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method | |
KR102476090B1 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method | |
JP2023184542A (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, resist film, and method for manufacturing electronic device | |
TW201506997A (en) | Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method and electronic device | |
WO2023054127A1 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method | |
WO2023002869A1 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for producing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, resin, and method for producing resin | |
WO2022172689A1 (en) | Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method | |
JP7220229B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method | |
WO2021131655A1 (en) | Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method | |
JP7434592B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method | |
WO2023145488A1 (en) | Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device | |
WO2023145564A1 (en) | Active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light–sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and production method for electronic device | |
WO2023032794A1 (en) | Actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, actinic ray sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound | |
WO2023120250A1 (en) | Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and compound | |
JP7191981B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method | |
KR20230031313A (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method | |
WO2021065549A1 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device | |
WO2023140191A1 (en) | Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method | |
WO2023106171A1 (en) | Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device | |
WO2023008127A1 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method | |
WO2023008345A1 (en) | Active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, active light sensitive or radiation sensitive film, pattern forming method, method for producing electronic device, and compound | |
WO2022202345A1 (en) | Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device | |
WO2024185674A1 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern-forming method, and production method for electronic device | |
WO2024111511A1 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device production method | |
WO2023047992A1 (en) | Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23743185 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2023575229 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20247024041 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |